TABLE OF CONTENTS - South Orange County Community ...

SCOPE OF WORK

Bid N0. 327: Liberal Arts Audio/Visual Material and Installation

Irvine Valley College

Acquire and install AV related equipment for 14 classroom locations The Irvine Valley College Liberal Arts Building is nearing construction completion. Audio Visual (AV) related equipment must be procured and installed There are 14 rooms total. One room is serving as a mock up for the Pole Vault System and can be seen in Attachment A to this scope of work. Thirteen rooms have ceiling plates installed. One additional location, the writing center, requires an entire installation: Pole Vault System, ceiling plate and wiring, etc. (currently, no work has been performed in this location.) Cabling at 13 locations will need to be removed and replaced with cabling that meets these specification requirements. The successful contractor will ensure work is complete and functional for all locations, including the 13 existing and 1 new Pole Vault System, in the writing center location. Below is more detailed scope of work. Material needs listed below are anticipated and require confirmation by proposing vendors: - Complete the installation with all new 50’ Extron Pole-vault cabling (owner furnished)

- Provide 14 Hitachi CP-WU8461 6000 Lumen projectors (or equal) - Provide and install one Extron New Digital Pole-vault system (42-307-03 inclusive of 50’ cable) - Provide and install 42 Extron HDMI Ultra/6 High Speed HDMI 6’ (26-663-06) - Provide and install 14 Extron Ultra Flex High Speed HDMI 12’ (26-663-12) - Provide and install 14 Extron 12’ Micro HRA M to M (26-566-03) - Provide and Install 14 Extron HDMI to HDMI Micro 3’ Cable (26-667-03) - Provide and Install 14 AT-HDRX-IR HDMI Receiver w/IR - Provide and Install 14 AT-HDTX-IR HDMI Transmitter w/IR - Provide and Install 14 U1-MID ATL - 1 SPC (1 3/4”) Rack Shelf - Provide and Install 14 PD-2015R-HH-NS-Middle Atlantic 20 Outlet Power - Provide and Install 14 42-139-01 Voice lift Microphone Systems

- Install 1 new Pole Vault System - Mount all Hitachi projectors - Unbox and prepare all Spectrum Lecterns - Install all connections into the Lecterns - Install ceiling speakers into existing ceiling grid (Attachment B to this scope of work) - Install Document Camera’s and program to Pole-vault - Mount wall box into specified locations - Program the Pole Vault System and commission the system - Run Cat 6 Cabling (Low Volt Specifications included) to projector, Pole Vault System control box home

run to IDF located on lower floor. Approximately 3,000 feet of cable. - All cable runs must have 15’ service loop - All installations will be completed professionally and the work area will be tidy. - Install all computers and program to pole-vault. (Owner furnished) - Power to the projectors and pole-vault are at location All equipment is believed to be readily available. Prior to contract execution, Contractor will be required to provide evidence that equipment can be procured within two weeks of Notice to Proceed.

See attached drawings for approximate locations of projectors (PJT), projection screens (PSC), wall boxes, teaching podiums Drawings included:

T0.0, T1.1, T1.2, A3.1, A3.2 Specifications included:

Bid Documents

General Conditions

Specification Section 27 00 00, Structured Cabling System (SCS)

Irvine Valley College Network Cabling Global Specification (Note: If there is a discrepancy between this section and Specification Section 27 00 00, Structured Cabling System (SCS), the Specification Section 27 00 00, Structured Cabling System (SCS) will prevail.

IVC Supplemental Cabling Specification

Section 27 41 16.51, Integrated Audio-Video systems and Equipment for Classrooms

Extron Electronics Installation Guide Information items included:

Attachment A, Photos: 1) Mock Up condition with Pole Vault System in place in one location, 2) Close up of electrical outlet at ceiling plate installation, 3) Existing condition in 13 locations requiring Pole Vault System installation, etc.

Attachment B, Swinerton Builder’s partial submittal #095113-001: For the purposes of understanding the grid condition for speaker connections

Attachment A Photos

Attachment B Swinerton Builder’s partial submittal #095113-001

Schools Legal Service of O.C. Bid Forms

June 2012 Page 1

005562.00148

13468417.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTICE CALLING FOR BIDS ............................................................................................................................................ 2

INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS ......................................................................................................................................... 4

*BID FORM .................................................................................................................................................................. 12

*BID BOND ................................................................................................................................................................... 19

*DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ....................................................................................................................... 22

*REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................................................... 25

*NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION ............................................................................................................................... 28

+WORKERS' COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE ................................................................................................................. 29

+PAYMENT BOND (CALIFORNIA PUBLIC WORK) .......................................................................................................... 30

+CONTRACT PERFORMANCE BOND (CALIFORNIA PUBLIC WORK) .............................................................................. 33

+AGREEMENT – construction services, project name, college name .......................................................................... 37

+ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION ................................................................. 43

+GUARANTEE ............................................................................................................................................................... 46

+DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION.................................................................................................................. 50

+CHANGE ORDER NO. (Additive) .......................................................................................................................... 54

+CHANGE ORDER NO. (Deductive) ..................................................................................................................... 56

+CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE REGARDING NON-ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS ............................................ 58

GENERAL CONDITIONS (51 PAGES)

*If the following items are not returned at the time of the bid opening, the bidder will be declared nonresponsive +Items which successful bidder must submit after the award


June 2012 Page 2

005562.00148

13468417.1

NOTICE CALLING FOR BIDS

District:

SOUTH ORANGE COUNTY COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

Project: BID NO. 327: IVC Liberal Arts Audio/Visual Material and Installation

Bid Deadline: 2:00 P.M., June 15, 2016

Mailing Address &

Place of Bid Receipt:

South Orange County Community College District

Health Sciences Building, 3rd Floor, Room HS-357

Purchasing & Facilities Planning Department

28000 Marguerite Parkway

Mission Viejo, CA 92692

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the South Orange County Community College District, of Orange County,

California, acting by and through its Governing Board, hereinafter referred to as "DISTRICT," will receive up

to, but not later than, the above-stated time, sealed bids for the award of a contract for the above Project.

Project’s Preliminary Cost Estimate: IVC Liberal Arts Audio/Visual Material and Installation: $85,000.00

Complete description, specifications and general conditions may be viewed at the Office of the Director of

Facilities Planning and Purchasing Department at the above address, telephone (949) 582-4678 or obtained

on-line at www.socccd.edu at the “Bids” link.

There will be a job walk and conference at 3:30 pm, Tuesday, June 7, 2016 starting in the bus stop in front

of A100, Irvine Valley College, 5500 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine, CA 92618.

In accordance with the provisions of California Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15 and Public

Contract Code Section 3300, the DISTRICT requires that the bidder possess the following classification of

CONTRACTOR’S license at the time the bid is submitted: Class License Type C7 Required. Any bidder not so

licensed at the time of the bid opening will be rejected as non-responsive.

Time is of the essence. Failure to complete the work within the time set forth in the bid documents will

result in the imposition of liquidated damages for each day of delay in the amount set forth in the

Information for Bidders.

Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form of cash, a certified or cashier's check or bid bond

in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the total bid price, payable to the DISTRICT. In the event

the successful bidder fails to enter into the contract and execute the required documents, the bid security

shall be forfeited. The successful bidder shall furnish a satisfactory Performance Bond and a Payment Bond

in amounts not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total bid price.


June 2012 Page 3

005562.00148

13468417.1

The DISTRICT reserves the right to reject any or all bids or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any

bids or in the bidding process.

The California Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rates of per diem

wages for the locality in which the work is to be performed for the Project. Copies of these wage rate

determinations, entitled Prevailing Wage Scale, are maintained at the DISTRICT office and are available at

the following website: www.dir.ca.gov. It shall be mandatory upon the successful bidder to whom the

contract is awarded, and upon any subcontractor listed, to pay not less than the said specified rates to all

workers employed by them for the Project. These requirements will be enforced through our Labor

Compliance consulting firm.

A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the

requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for

public work, as defined in the Labor Code, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work

pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.

No bidder may withdraw any bid for a period of ninety (90) calendar days after the date set for the opening

of bids.

The general prevailing rate of per diem wages is based upon a working day of eight (8) hours. The rate for

holiday and overtime work shall be at least time and one-half.

Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, the Agreement will contain provisions permitting the

successful bidder to substitute securities for any monies withheld by the DISTRICT to ensure performance

under the Agreement or permitting payment of retention earned directly into escrow.

Prequalification is a requirement for bidding this project. Prequalification documents will be distributed at

the mandatory job walk and conference.

Questions regarding this bid may be directed to David Schiermeyer via email at [email protected].

Brandye K. D’Lena

Executive Director

Facilities Planning & Purchasing

PUBLISH: OC REGISTER

May 31, 2016 &

June 7, 2016


June 2012 Page 4

005562.00148

13468417.1

INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS

WARNING: READ THIS DOCUMENT CAREFULLY. DO NOT ASSUME THAT IT IS THE SAME AS OTHER SIMILAR

DOCUMENTS YOU MAY HAVE SEEN, EVEN IF FROM THE SAME DISTRICT.

1. Preparation of Bid Form. Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, completed in full.

All bid items and statements shall be properly and legibly filled out. Numbers shall be stated both in words and in

figures where so indicated, and where there is a conflict in the words and the figures, the words shall control over

the numbers. The signatures of all persons shall be in longhand and in ink. Prices, wording and notations must be

in ink or typewritten.

2. Form and Delivery of Bids. The bid must conform and be responsive to all Project Documents and

shall be made on the Bid Form provided, and the complete bid, together with any and all additional materials as

required, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed and hand delivered or mailed to the DISTRICT at:

South Orange County Community College District Health Science Building, 3rd Floor 28000 Marguerite Parkway Mission Viejo, CA, 92692

and must be received on or before the bid deadline (Public Contract Code Section 81641). The envelope shall be

plainly marked in the upper left hand corner with the bidder's name, the Project designation and the date and time

for the opening of bids. It is the bidder's sole responsibility to ensure that its bid is received prior to the bid

deadline. In accordance with Government Code Section 53068, any bid received after the scheduled closing time

for receipt of bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. At the time and place set forth for the opening of bids,

the sealed bids will be opened and publicly read aloud. However, if prequalification of bidders is required pursuant

to Public Contract Code Section 20651.5 only those sealed bids received from prequalified bidders shall be opened

and publicly read aloud.

3. Bid Security. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form of cash, a certified or

cashier's check or bid bond in the amount of not less than ten percent (10%) of the total bid price payable to the

DISTRICT and shall be given as a guarantee that the bidder, if awarded the contract, will execute the Agreement

within five (5) working days after notice of award of the contract, and will furnish, on the prescribed forms, a

satisfactory Faithful Performance Bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total bid price

and separate Payment (labor and material) Bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the

total bid price, furnish certificates and endorsements evidencing that the required insurance is in effect, the

Workers’ Compensation Certificate, Drug-Free Work Place Certification, Smoke-Free Workplace Certification, No Gift

Policy Certification, CONTRACTOR’S Certificate Regarding Non-Asbestos Containing Materials, Guarantee, and the

Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises Certification, if applicable, all within five (5) working days of the notice of

award of the contract or as otherwise requested in writing by the DISTRICT. It is understood and agreed that should

bidder fail or refuse to return these documents as required by the DISTRICT, the bid security shall be forfeited to the

DISTRICT. If the Bidder elects to furnish a bid bond as its Bid Security, the Bidder shall use the bid bond form included

in the Project Documents.

4. Signature. Any signature required on Project Documents must be signed in the name of the bidder

and must bear the signature of the person or persons duly authorized to sign these documents. Where indicated, if


June 2012 Page 5

005562.00148

13468417.1

bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall first be set forth, together with two signatures: one

from among the chairman of the board, president or vice president and one from among the secretary, chief financial

officer, or treasurer. Alternatively, the signature of other authorized officers or agents may be affixed, if duly

authorized by the corporation. Such documents shall include the title of such signatories below the signature and

shall bear the corporate seal. Where indicated, in the event that the bidder is a joint venture or partnership, there

shall be submitted with the bid certifications signed by authorized officers of each of the parties to the joint venture

or partnership, naming the individual who shall sign all necessary documents for the joint venture or partnership

and, should the joint venture or partnership be the successful bidder, who shall act in all matters relative to the

Project for the joint venture or partnership. If bidder is an individual, his/her signature shall be placed on such

documents.

5. Modifications. Changes in or additions to any of the bid documents, summary of the work bid

upon, alternative proposals, or any other modifications which are not specifically called for by the DISTRICT may

result in the DISTRICT’S rejection of the bid as being nonresponsive. No oral, telephonic, facsimile or electronic

modification of any of the bid documents will be considered.

6. Erasures, Inconsistent or Illegible Bids. The bid submitted must not contain any erasures,

interlineations, or other corrections unless each such correction is authenticated by affixing the initials of the

person(s) signing the bid in the margin immediately adjacent to the correction. In the event of inconsistency

between words and numbers in the bid, words shall control numbers. In the event that DISTRICT determines that

any bid is unintelligible, illegible or ambiguous, the DISTRICT may reject such bid as being nonresponsive.

7. Examination of Site and Project Documents. At its own expense and prior to submitting its bid,

each bidder shall examine all documents relating to the Project; visit the site and determine the local conditions

which may in any way affect the performance of the work, including the general prevailing rates of per diem wages

and other relevant cost factors; familiarize itself with all Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations

and codes affecting the performance of the work, including the cost of permits and licenses required for the work;

make such surveys and investigations, including investigation of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site

or where work is to be performed, as it may deem necessary for performance of the work at its bid price; determine

the character, quality, and quantities of the work to be performed and the materials and equipment to be provided;

and correlate its observations, investigations, and determinations with all requirements of the Project. The Project

Documents show and describe the existing conditions as they are believed to have been used in the design of the

work and are only provided as information for the bidder. The DISTRICT is not making any warranties regarding said

information. The DISTRICT shall not be liable for any loss sustained by the successful bidder resulting from any

variance between the conditions and design data given in the Project Documents and the actual conditions revealed

during the bidder's pre-bid examination or during the progress of the work. Bidder agrees that the submission of a

bid shall be incontrovertible evidence that the bidder has complied with all the requirements of this provision of

the Information for Bidders.

8. Withdrawal of Bids. Any bid may be withdrawn, either personally or by written request signed by

the bidder, at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. The bid security for a bid withdrawn

prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, in accordance with this paragraph, shall be returned. No

bidder may withdraw any bid for a period of ninety (90) calendar days after the date set for the opening of bids.

9. Agreement and Bonds. The Agreement which the successful bidder will be required to execute and

the payment bond required in accordance with Civil Code Section 9550, are included in the Project Documents. The

payment bond shall be in the amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the contract in


June 2012 Page 6

005562.00148

13468417.1

accordance with Civil Code Section 9554. The successful bidder will also be required to furnish a separate faithful

performance bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract and in the form included in the

Project Documents, which shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period as specified in the

General Conditions. All bond premiums shall be at bidder’s cost.

10. Interpretation of Project Documents. If any bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part

of the Project Documents, or finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the Project Documents, a written request for

an interpretation or correction thereof must be submitted to the DISTRICT no later than four (4) days before bid

deadline. No requests shall be considered after this time. The bidder submitting the written request shall be

responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation or correction of the Project Documents will be made solely at

DISTRICT’S discretion and only by written addendum duly issued by the DISTRICT, and a copy of such addendum will

be hand delivered or mailed or faxed to each bidder known to have received a set of the Project Documents. No

person is authorized to make any oral interpretation of any provision in the Project Documents, nor shall any oral

interpretation of Project Documents be binding on the DISTRICT. If there are discrepancies of any kind in the Project

Documents, the interpretation of the DISTRICT shall prevail. Submittal of a bid without a request for clarification

shall be incontrovertible evidence that the bidder has determined that the project documents are acceptable and

sufficient for bidding and completing the work; that bidder is capable of reading, following and completing the work

in accordance with the project documents; and that bidder agrees that the project can and will be completed

according to the DISTRICT’S timelines and according to the progress schedule to be submitted by the successful

bidder incorporating the DISTRICT’S timelines for completion of the project.

11. Bidders Interested in More Than One Bid. No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make,

or file, or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are specifically called for by

the DISTRICT. A person, firm, or corporation that has submitted a sub-proposal to a bidder, or that has quoted prices

of materials to a bidder, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a proposal or quoting prices to other bidders or

submitting a bid on the Project.

12. Award of Contract. The DISTRICT reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to waive any

irregularities or informalities in any bids or in the bidding process. The award of the contract, if made by the DISTRICT,

will be by action of the Governing Board and to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. If two identical low

bids are received from responsive and responsible bidders, the DISTRICT will determine which bid will be accepted

pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20117. In the event an award of the contract is made to a bidder, and such

bidder fails or refuses to execute the Agreement and provide the required documents within five (5) working days

after the notice of award of the contract to bidder, the DISTRICT may award the contract to the next lowest

responsive and responsible bidder or reject all bidders.

13. Alternate Bids. N/A

14. Competency of Bidders. In selecting the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, consideration

will be given not only to the financial standing but also to the general competency of the bidder for the performance

of the Project. By submitting a bid, each bidder agrees that the DISTRICT, in determining the successful bidder and

its eligibility for the award, may consider the bidder’s experience and facilities, conduct and performance under

other contracts, financial condition, reputation in the industry, and other factors which could affect the bidder’s

performance of the Project.

The DISTRICT may also consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors and other persons and

organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of material and equipment) proposed for those

portions of the work. Operating costs, maintenance considerations, performance data and guarantees of materials


June 2012 Page 7

005562.00148

13468417.1

and equipment may also be considered by the DISTRICT. In this regard, the DISTRICT may conduct such investigations

as the DISTRICT deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any bid and to establish the responsibility,

qualifications and financial ability of the bidder, proposed subcontractors, and other persons and organizations to

do the work to the DISTRICT’S satisfaction within the prescribed time. The DISTRICT reserves the right to reject the

bid of any bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to the satisfaction of the DISTRICT.

15. Bidder's Prequalification. Only Bid Proposals submitted by Prequalified Bidders will be considered.

A Bid Proposal submitted by a Bidder who is not prequalified will be deemed a non-responsive Bid Proposal and will

be rejected by the District. A Bidder who has not completed the Prequalification Application and has not been

deemed a "Qualified Bidder" must complete the Prequalification Application and submit the Prequalification

Application to the District (via the Construction Manager) by the date and in the manner set forth in the

Prequalification Application. The failure to submit a completed Prequalification Application on or prior to such date

will render the Bid Proposal of the Bidder untimely submitting a completed Prequalification Application to be non-

responsive and rejected. If the District determines that any information provided by a Bidder in the Prequalification

Application is false or misleading, or is incomplete so as to be false or misleading, the District may reject the Bid

Proposal submitted by such Bidder as being non-responsive.

16. Listing Subcontractors. Each bidder shall submit, on the form furnished with the Project

Documents, a list of the proposed subcontractors on this Project as required by the Subletting and Subcontracting

Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code Section 4100, et seq.). If alternate bids are called for and the bidder intends

to use different or additional subcontractors, a separate list of subcontractors must be submitted for each such

alternate bid. If the bidder fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work in excess of one half (1/2) of

one percent (1%) of the bidder’s total bid, the bidder agrees that he/she is fully qualified to perform that work and

agrees to perform that portion of the work. Violation of this requirement (including the procurement of a

subcontractor for the Project if no subcontractor is specified) can result in the DISTRICT invoking the remedies of

Public Contract Code Sections 4110 and 4111. Pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5, all subcontractors (of any

tier) performing work on this Project must be properly registered with DIR.

17. Bid Protest. Any bidder may file a bid protest. The District must be informed of any intent of a bid

protest within three (3) business days of bid opening. An e-mail address shall be provided and by filing the protest,

protesting bidder consents to receipt of e-mail notices for purposes of the protest and protest related questions and

protest appeal, if applicable. A formal protest must be submitted in writing to the DISTRICT’S office, before 4:00 p.m.

of the fifth (5th) business day following the opening of Bidder’s Envelopes. The bid protest must set forth, in detail,

all grounds for the bid protest, including without limitation all facts, supporting documentation, legal authorities and

argument in support of the grounds for the bid protest; any matters not set forth in written bid protest shall be

deemed waived. All factual contentions must be supported by competent, admissible and credible evidence. Any

bid protest not conforming to the foregoing shall be rejected by the District without recourse. The protest must

include the name, address, and the telephone number of the person representing the protesting party.

Provided that the bid protest is filed in strict conformity with the foregoing, the DISTRICT’S Executive Director of

Facilities Planning & Purchasing shall review and evaluate the basis of the bid protest and make a determination.

Once the bid protest is received, the apparent lowest responsible bidder will be notified of the protest and the

evidence presented. If appropriate, the apparent low bidder will be given an opportunity to rebut the evidence and

present evidence that the apparent low bidder should be allowed to perform the Work. If deemed appropriate by

the District, an informal hearing will be held. District will issue a written decision within fifteen (15) calendar days of

receipt of the protest, unless factors beyond the DISTRICT’S reasonable control prevent such resolution. The decision

on the bid protest will be copied to all parties involved in the protest.


June 2012 Page 8

005562.00148

13468417.1

If the determination is unacceptable to the bid protestor, the bid protestor will notify the DISTRICT’S Executive

Director within three (3) business days of receiving the determination that they require a reconsideration. The Vice

Chancellor, Business Services shall review and evaluate the basis of the bid protest and make a secondary

determination and issue a written response to the appeal, or if appropriate, appoint a Hearing Officer to conduct a

hearing and issue a written decision. The written decision of the Vice Chancellor, Business Services, or the Hearing

Officer shall be rendered with fifteen (15) calendar days and shall state the basis for the decision. This determination

will be final and not subject to appeal or reconsideration by the District.

The District reserves the right to proceed to award the Project and commence construction pending an Appeal. If

there is State funding or a critical completion deadline, the District may choose to shorten the time limits set forth

in this Section of written notice is provided to the protesting party. E-mailed notice with a written confirmation sent

by First Class mail shall be sufficient to constitute written notice. If there is no written response to a written notice

shortening time, the District may proceed with the award.

The procedure and time limits set forth in this paragraph are mandatory and are Bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy

in the event of a Bid protest. Bidder’s failure to comply with these procedures shall constitute a waiver of any right

to further pursue the Bid protest, including filing a Government Code Claim or legal proceedings. A Bidder may not

rely on a protest submitted from another Bidder, but must timely pursue its own protest.

18. Insurance and Workers' Compensation. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish

certificates and endorsements evidencing that the required insurance is in effect. DISTRICT may request that such

certificates and endorsements are completed on DISTRICT provided forms. In accordance with the provisions of

Section 3700 of the Labor Code, the successful bidder shall secure the payment of compensation to all employees.

The successful bidder who has been awarded the contract shall sign and file with DISTRICT prior to performing the

work, the Workers’ Compensation Certificate included as a part of the Project Documents. Labor Code Section 1861.

19. CONTRACTOR’S License. If, at the time and date of the contract execution, bidder is not properly

licensed to perform the Project in accordance with Division 3, Chapter 9, of the Business and Professions Code and

the Project Documents, such bid will be rejected as nonresponsive. (Public Contract Code Section 3300) Pursuant to

Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15, no payment shall be made for work or materials under the contract

unless and until the Registrar of Contractors verifies to the DISTRICT that the bidder was properly licensed at the

time the bid was submitted. Any bidder not so licensed is subject to penalties under the law and the contract will be

considered void and DISTRICT shall have the right to bring an action against the unlicensed bidder awarded the

contract for recovery of all compensation paid under the contract. (Business and Professions Code Section 7031(b))

If the license classification specified hereinafter is that of a "specialty contractor" as defined in Section 7058 of the

Business and Professions Code, the specialty contractor awarded the contract for this work shall construct a majority

of the work, in accordance with the provisions of Business and Professions Code Section 7059. The bidder may not

use the contractor license of a third party for this bid.

20. DIR Registration of Contractor and Subcontractors. A contractor or subcontractor shall not be

qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract

Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in the Labor Code, unless currently

registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of this section for

an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code

or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public

work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded.


June 2012 Page 9

005562.00148

13468417.1

This Project is a public works project as defined in Labor Code section 1720. Each contractor bidding on this Project

and all subcontractors (of any tier) performing any portion of the Work must comply with the Labor Code sections

1725.5 and 1771.1 and must be properly and currently registered with DIR and qualified to perform public works

pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 throughout the duration of the Project. For more information and up to date

requirements, contractors are recommended to periodically review the DIR’s website at www.dir.ca.gov. Contractor

shall be solely responsible for ensuring compliance with Labor Code section 1725.5 as well as any requirements

implemented by DIR applicable to its services or its subcontractors throughout the term of the Agreement and in no

event shall contractor be granted increased payment from the District or any time extensions to complete the Project

as a result of CONTRACTOR’S efforts to maintain compliance with the Labor Code or any requirements implemented

by the DIR. Failure to comply with these requirements shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and

grounds for termination for cause. The contractor and all subcontractors shall furnish certified payroll records as

required pursuant Labor Code section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner in accordance with Labor Code

section 1771.4 on at least on a monthly basis (or more frequently if required by the District or the Labor

Commissioner) and in a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner. The District reserves the right to withhold

contract payments if the District is notified, or determines as the result of its own investigation, that contractor is in

violation of any of the requirements set forth in Labor Code section 1720 et seq. at no penalty or cost to the District.

Monitoring and enforcement of the prevailing wage laws and related requirements will be performed by the Labor

Commissioner/ Department of Labor Standards Enforcement (DLSE).

20. Anti-Discrimination. In connection with all work performed under this Project, there shall be no

unlawful discrimination against any prospective or active employee engaged in the work because of race, color,

ancestry, national origin, religious creed, sex, age, marital status, physical disability, mental disability, or medical

condition. The successful bidder agrees to comply with applicable Federal and State laws including, but not limited

to, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, beginning with Government Code Section 12900 and Labor Code

Section 1735. In addition, the successful bidder agrees to require like compliance by any subcontractors employed

on the Project by such bidder.

21. Hold Harmless and Indemnification. The successful bidder awarded the contract will be required

to indemnify and hold harmless the DISTRICT, its Governing Board, officers, agents, and employees as set forth in

the Agreement.

22. Substitutions. Should the bidder wish to request any substitution for the materials, process,

service, or equipment specified, the bidder shall be required to comply with Article 30 of the General Conditions.

23. Surety Qualifications for Bonds. Bidders shall ensure all surety companies have a minimum rating

of "A-VIII," as rated by the current edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Oldwick,

New Jersey 08858. Only California admitted surety insurers will be acceptable for the issuance of all bonds (bid,

payment and performance bonds). (Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.311) DISTRICT shall verify the status of the

surety by printing out information from the website of the California Department of Insurance confirming the surety

is an admitted surety insurer and attaching it to the bond. If a California-admitted surety insurer issuing bonds does

not meet these requirements, the insurer will be considered qualified if it is in conformance with Section 995.660 of

the California Code of Civil Procedure and proof of such is provided to the District.

24. Liquidated Damages. All work must be completed within the time limits set forth in the Project

Documents. It is agreed that damages for the failure to complete the Project described herein within the time limits

required are impossible to ascertain. Should the work not be completed within the specified time for completion,

the successful bidder awarded the contract shall be liable for liquidated damages, payable to the DISTRICT, in an


June 2012 Page 10

005562.00148

13468417.1

amount of Five Hundred Dollars and 00/100 ($500.00) for each consecutive calendar day of delay in completion.

Such damages shall be deducted from any payments due or to become due to the successful bidder. Government

Code Section 53069.85, Civil Code Section 1671.

25. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. Pursuant to Government Code Sections 8350, et seq., the

successful bidder will be required to execute a Drug-Free Workplace Certification upon execution of the Agreement.

The bidder will be required to take positive measures outlined in the certification in order to ensure the presence of

a drug-free workplace. Failure to abide with the conditions set forth in the Drug-Free Workplace Act could result in

penalties including termination of the Agreement or suspension of payment thereunder.

26. Non-collusion Declaration. In accordance with the provisions of Section 7106 of the Public Contract

Code, each bid must be accompanied by the non-collusion declaration.

27. Escrow Agreement. Public Contract Code Section 22300 permits the substitution of securities for

any monies withheld by a public agency to ensure performance under a contract. At the request and expense of the

successful bidder awarded the contract, securities equivalent to the amount withheld as retention shall be deposited

with the DISTRICT, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, who shall then pay

such monies to the successful bidder. The DISTRICT retains the sole discretion to approve the bank selected by the

successful bidder to serve as escrow agent. Upon satisfactory completion of the contract, the securities shall be

returned to the successful bidder. Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code

Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit. The successful bidder shall be the beneficial owner

of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

In the alternative, under Section 22300, the successful bidder may request DISTRICT to make payment of

earned retentions directly to the escrow agent at the expense of the successful bidder. Also at the successful bidder's

expense, the successful bidder may direct investment of the payments into securities, and the successful bidder shall

receive interest earned on such investment upon the same conditions as provided for securities deposited by

successful bidder. Upon satisfactory completion of the contract, successful bidder shall receive from the escrow

agent all securities, interest and payments received by escrow agent from DISTRICT pursuant to the terms of Section

22300.

The successful bidder wishing to utilize Public Contract Code Section 22300 and enter into an Escrow

Agreement shall complete and execute the form Escrow Agreement included in the Project Documents and submit

it to the DISTRICT.

28. Change Orders. All change order requests must be submitted in the form set forth in the Project

Documents and pursuant to Article 60 of the General Conditions. The amount of allowable charges submitted

pursuant to a change order shall be limited to the charges allowed under Article 60 of the General Conditions.

Indirect, consequential and incidental costs, project management costs, extended home office and field office

overhead, administrative costs and profit and other charges not specifically authorized under Article 60 of the

General Conditions will not be allowed.

29. Tobacco-Free Policy. The successful bidder shall agree to enforce a tobacco-free work site in

accordance with SOCCCD Board Policy 2150 as a Smoke Free District.

30. Lead. Pursuant to the Lead-Safe Schools Protection Act (Education Code Sections 32240, et seq.)

and other applicable law, the successful bidder shall not use lead-based paint, lead plumbing and solders, or other


June 2012 Page 11

005562.00148

13468417.1

potential sources of lead contamination in the construction of any new school facility or the modernization or

renovation of any existing school facility.

31. The number of executed copies of the Agreement, the Faithful Performance Bond, and the

Payment Bond required is TWO (2).


June 2012 Page 12

005562.00148

13468417.1

BID FORM

Name of Bidder:

To: South Orange County Community College District, acting by and through its Governing Board, herein called the

"DISTRICT."

1. The undersigned Bidder, having become familiarized with all the following documents including

but not limited to the Notice Calling for Bids, Information for Bidders, Bid Form, Bid Security, Designation of

Subcontractors Form, all prequalification forms pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20651.5, if any, Non-

collusion Declaration, Workers’ Compensation Certificate, Faithful Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Agreement,

Escrow Agreement, Drug-Free Workplace Certification, Change Order Forms, Shop Drawing Transmittal Form, all

insurance requirements, CONTRACTOR’S Certificate Regarding Non-Asbestos Containing Materials, Guarantee, and

the Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises Certification, if applicable, General Conditions and Supplemental

Conditions, if any, Special Conditions, if any, drawings, specifications, and all modifications, addenda and

amendments, if any (hereinafter Project Documents), the local conditions affecting the performance of the work

and the cost of the work at the place where the work is to be done, hereby proposes and agrees to be bound by all

the terms and conditions of the Project Documents and agrees to perform, within the time stipulated, the work,

including all of its component parts, and everything required to be performed, and to provide and furnish and pay

for any and all of the labor, materials, tools, expendable equipment, and all applicable taxes, utility and

transportation services necessary to perform the work and complete in a good workmanlike manner all of the work

required in accordance with laws, codes, regulations, ordinances and any other legal requirements governing the

work, in connection with the following:

Project: Audio Visual Material and Installation at Irvine Valley College

Project No.: Bid No.327

all in strict conformity with the Project Documents, including Addenda Nos. , , and , on file at

the office of the Director of Facilities Planning and Purchasing of said DISTRICT for the following sums:

Handwritten Numeric

BASE BID

$ /100

$_______________________

Each individual bid term shall be determined from visiting the work site, reviewing the drawings and specifications

and all portions of the Project Documents, and shall include all items necessary to complete the work, including the

assumption of all obligations, duties, and responsibilities necessary to the successful completion of the Project, and

the furnishing of all materials and equipment required to be incorporated in and form a permanent part of the work,

and the furnishing of tools, equipment, supplies, transportation, facilities, labor, superintendence, and services

required to perform and complete the work, all as per the requirements of the Project Documents, whether or not

expressly listed or designated.


June 2012 Page 13

005562.00148

13468417.1

2. It is understood that the DISTRICT reserves the right to reject any or all bids or to waive any

irregularities or informalities in any bids or in the bidding process. Bidder agrees that this bid shall remain open and

not be withdrawn for the period specified in the Information for Bidders.

3. The required bid security is attached.

4. The required list(s) of proposed subcontractors is attached hereto, and the undersigned represents

and warrants that such list(s) is complete and in compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices

Act. Public Contract Code Sections 4100, et seq.

5. It is understood and agreed that if written notice of the award of a contract is mailed, faxed, or

delivered to the bidder, the bidder will execute and deliver to the DISTRICT the Agreement and will also furnish and

deliver to the DISTRICT the Faithful Performance Bond and a separate Payment Bond as specified, and certificates

and endorsements of insurance, the Workers’ Compensation Certificate, Drug-Free Work Place Certification,

CONTRACTOR’S Certificate Regarding Non-Asbestos Containing Materials, Guarantee, and the Disabled Veteran

Business Enterprises Certification, if applicable, within five (5) working days of the notice of award of the contract,

or as otherwise requested in writing by the DISTRICT. It is understood that should bidder fail or refuse to return

these documents as required by the DISTRICT, the bid security shall be forfeited to the DISTRICT. The bidder further

agrees that the work shall be commenced by the bidder, if awarded the contract, on or before the fifth day after

receiving the DISTRICT’S Notice to Proceed, and shall be completed by the bidder in the time specified by the

DISTRICT.

6. Communications conveying notice of award of the contract, requests for additional information or

other correspondence should be addressed to the bidder at the address stated below.

7. The name(s) of all persons interested in the bid as principals are as follows:

8. In submitting this bid, the bidder offers and agrees that if the bid is accepted, it will assign to

DISTRICT all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act

(15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business & Professions Code Section 16700, et seq.) arising from

purchases of goods, materials, or services by the bidder for sale to the DISTRICT pursuant to the bid. Such assignment

shall be made and become effective at the time the DISTRICT tenders final payment under the contract. (Public

Contract Code Section 7103.5; Government Code Section 4450, 4451 and 4552).

9. The undersigned hereby warrants that the bidder has an appropriate license, License No.

_________________, Class License Type C7 Required, at the time of the bid opening, that such license entitles bidder

to provide the work, that such license will be in full force and effect throughout the duration of performance of this

Project. Bidder shall be nonresponsive if the Bidder is not licensed as required by the DISTRICT at the time of the bid

opening. Any and all subcontractors to be employed by the undersigned shall have appropriate licenses at the time

of the bid opening.


June 2012 Page 14

005562.00148

13468417.1

10. The undersigned hereby warrants that the bidder is registered by the California Department of

Industrial Relations, Registration No. ____________________ with an expiration date of __________________

pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5.

11. The bidder hereby certifies that it is, and at all times during the performance of work hereunder

shall be, in full compliance with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ("IRCA") in the

hiring of its employees, and the bidder shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the DISTRICT against any and all

actions, proceedings, penalties or claims arising out of the bidder's failure to comply strictly with the IRCA.

12. It is understood and agreed that if requested by the DISTRICT, the bidder shall furnish a notarized

financial statement, references, and other information required by the DISTRICT sufficiently comprehensive to

permit an appraisal of bidder's ability to perform the Project.

13. The undersigned hereby warrants that all work, except work of a maintenance period, shall be

completed within 30 consecutive calendar days from the date specified on the Notice to Proceed issued by the

District. Time is of the essence. The undersigned agrees that failure to complete the work within the time set forth

herein will result in the imposition of liquidated damages for each consecutive calendar day of delay in the amount

of Five Hundred Dollars 00/100 ($500.00). (Government Code Section 53069.85)

14. The required non-collusion declaration is attached as required by Public Contract Code Section

7106. Bidder understands and agrees that failure to submit the completed and signed declaration will render the

bidder automatically nonresponsive.

15. It is understood and agreed that all change order requests must be submitted in the form set forth

in the Project Documents and pursuant to Article 60 of the General Conditions. The amount of allowable charges

submitted pursuant to a change order shall be limited to the charges allowed under Article 60 of the General

Conditions. Indirect, consequential and incidental costs, project management costs, extended home office and field

office overhead, administrative costs and profit and other charges not specifically authorized under Article 60 of the

General Conditions will not be allowed.


June 2012 Page 15

005562.00148

13468417.1

The undersigned hereby declares that all of the representations of this bid are made under penalty of perjury

under the laws of the State of California.

Individual Name:

Signed by:

Print Name:

Date:

Business Address:

Telephone:

*******************************************************************************

Partnership Name:

Signed by:

Print Name:

Date:

Business Address:

Telephone:

*******************************************************************************


June 2012 Page 16

005562.00148

13468417.1

Corporation Name:

(a Corporation1)

Business Address:

Telephone:

Signed by: , President, Date:

Print Name: President

Signed by: , Secretary, Date:

Print Name: , Secretary

[Seal]

*********************************************************************************************

1 A corporation awarded the contract shall furnish evidence of its corporate existence and evidence that the officer signing

the Agreement and bonds is duly authorized to do so.


June 2012 Page 17

005562.00148

13468417.1

Joint Venturer Name:

Signed by: , Joint Venturer

Print Name:

Date:

Business Address

Telephone:

Other Parties to If an individual:

Joint Venture: (Name)

Signed by:

Print Name:

Date:

Doing Business as:

Business Address:

Telephone:


June 2012 Page 18

005562.00148

13468417.1

If a Partnership:

(Name)

Signed by: , Partner

Print Name:

Date:

Business Address

Telephone:

If a Corporation:

(a Corporation)

Signed By: Date:

Print Name:

Title:

Date:

Business Address:

Telephone:


June 2012 Page 19

005562.00148

13468417.1

Bid Bond No.: _____

BID BOND

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that we ,

as Principal, and as Surety, a California admitted surety insurer, are

held and firmly bound unto the South Orange County Community College District, hereinafter called the DISTRICT,

in the sum of TEN PERCENT (10%) OF THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE BID of the Principal submitted to the said DISTRICT

for the work described below for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to

be made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid

dated , 200_, for

.

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified therein after the

opening of the same, or, if no period be specified, within ninety (90) days after said opening; and if the Principal is

awarded the contract, and shall within the period specified therefore, or, if no period be specified, within five (5)

working days after the notice of award of the contract, or as otherwise requested in writing by the DISTRICT, enter

into a written contract with the DISTRICT, in accordance with the bid as accepted and give bonds with good and

sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract

and for the payment for labor and materials used for the performance of the contract, furnish certificates and

endorsements evidencing the required insurance is in effect and furnish and deliver to the DISTRICT the Workers’

Compensation Certificate, Drug-Free Work Place Certification, CONTRACTOR’S Certificate Regarding Non-Asbestos

Containing Materials, Guarantee, and the Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises Certification, if applicable, then the

above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise the bond amount shall be forfeited to the DISTRICT.

Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or

addition to the terms of the contract or the call for bids, or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the

specifications accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation under this bond, and it does hereby

waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of said contract or the call

for bids, or to the work, or to the specifications.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the DISTRICT and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay

all costs incurred by the DISTRICT in such suit, including reasonable attorney's fees to be fixed by the court.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this bond under their several seals this day of , 200

, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and duly signed by its undersigned

authorized representative.

(Corporate Seal of Principal, if Principal (Proper Name of Bidder)


June 2012 Page 20

005562.00148

13468417.1

Corporation)

By: Signature

Print Name

Title


June 2012 Page 21

005562.00148

13468417.1

(Corporate Seal of Surety) Surety

(Attach Attorney-in-Fact Certificate and Required Acknowledgements) By:

Signature

Print Name

Title

Address

Telephone No.

Facsimile No.


June 2012 Page 22

005562.00148

13468417.1

DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS

In compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code Section 4100

et. seq.) and any amendments thereof, each bidder shall set forth below: (a) the name, license number and the

location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the

bidder (prime contractor) in or about the construction of the work or improvement to be performed under this

contract or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the bidder (prime

contractor), specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings

contained in the plans and specifications in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the bidder's (prime

CONTRACTOR’S) total bid and (b) the portion of the work which will be done by each subcontractor. The bidder

(prime contractor) shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the bidder (prime

contractor) in this bid.

If a bidder (prime contractor) fails to specify a subcontractor or if a bidder (prime contractor) specifies

more than one subcontractor for the same portion of work to be performed under the contract in excess of one-

half of one percent of the bidder's (prime CONTRACTOR’S) total bid, bidder shall be deemed to have agreed that

bidder is fully qualified to perform that portion, and that bidder alone shall perform that portion. Violation of

this requirement (including the procurement of a subcontractor for the Project if no subcontractor is specified)

can result in the DISTRICT invoking the remedies of Public Contract Code Sections 4110 and 4111.

No bidder (prime contractor) whose bid is accepted shall (a) substitute any subcontractor, (b) permit any

subcontractor to be voluntarily assigned or transferred or allow it to be performed by anyone other than the original

subcontractor listed in the original bid, or (c) sublet or subcontract any portion of the work in excess of one-half of

one percent of the bidder's (prime CONTRACTOR’S) total bid as to which the original bid did not designate a

subcontractor, except as authorized in the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act. Subletting or

subcontracting of any portion of the work in excess of one-half of one percent of the bidder's (prime CONTRACTOR’S)

total bid as to which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid shall only be permitted in cases of public

emergency or necessity, only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the DISTRICT awarding this

contract setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity.

All subcontractors (of any tier) performing any portion of the Work must comply with the Labor Code

sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 and must be properly and currently registered with the California Department of

Industrial Relations and qualified to perform public works pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 throughout the

duration of the Project.


June 2012 Page 23

005562.00148

13468417.1

Project: Audio Visual Material and Installation at Irvine Valley College

Project No.: Bid No. 327

Description & Portion

of Work

Name of Subcontractor Location & Place of Business License Type and

Number

E-Mail &

Telephone*

DIR Registration

Number*


June 2012 Page 24

005562.00148

13468417.1

Description & Portion

of Work

Name of Subcontractor Location & Place of Business License Type and

Number

E-Mail &

Telephone*

DIR Registration

Number*

* This information must be provided at the time of submission of bid or must be provided within 24 hours after the time set for the opening of bids. Bidders who choose to provide this information within 24 hours after the time set for the opening of bids are solely responsible to ensure the District receives this information in a timely manner. The District is not responsible for any problems or delays associated with emails, faxes, delivery, etc. Absent a verified fax or email receipt date and time by the District, the DISTRICT’S determination of whether the information was received timely shall govern and be determinative. Bidder shall not revise or amend any other information in this form submitted at the time of bid. The information submitted at the time of bid shall govern over any conflicts, discrepancies, ambiguities or other differences in any subsequent Subcontractor Designation Forms submitted by the bidder.

Proper Name of Bidder:

Date:

Name:

Signature of Bidder

Representative:

Address:

Phone:


June 2012 Page 25

005562.00148

13468417.1

REFERENCES

List of References - Public construction projects of similar nature in a school/community college/university within

the last five (5) years. DISTRICT has discretion to require more than five (5) references.

1. Name:

Address and Telephone:

Contact Person:

Description of Project:

Dates of commencement and completion of Project:

Contract Amount:

Architect:

Architect’s Address and Telephone:

DSA or public agency inspector:


2. Name:


Contact Person:



Contract Amount:

Architect:


June 2012 Page 26

005562.00148

13468417.1




3. Name:


Contact Person:



Contract Amount:

Architect:




4. Name:


Contact Person:




June 2012 Page 27

005562.00148

13468417.1

Contract Amount:

Architect:




5. Name:


Contact Person:



Contract Amount:

Architect:





June 2012 Page 28

005562.00148

13468417.1

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION

(Public Contract Code Section 7106)

The undersigned declares:

I am the ___________________ of ________________________, the party making the foregoing bid.

The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association,

organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly

induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded,

conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The

bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with

anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the

bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly

or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged

information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid

depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not

pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited

liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power

to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and

that this declaration is executed on ____________[date], at ____________[city], _____________[state].

Signature

Print Name


June 2012 Page 29

005562.00148

13468417.1

WORKERS' COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE

Labor Code Section 3700.

"Every employer except the state shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following

ways:

(a) By being insured against liability to pay compensation in one or more insurers duly authorized to

write compensation insurance in this state.

(b) By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to self-insure either as

an individual employer or as one employer in a group of employers, which may be given upon furnishing proof

satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may

become due to his or her employees.

(c) For any county, city, city and county, municipal corporation, public district, public agency or any

political subdivision of the state, including each member of a pooling arrangement under a joint exercise of powers

agreement (but not the state itself), by securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to

self-insure against workers' compensation claims, which certificate may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory

to the director of ability to administer workers' compensation claims properly, and to pay workers' compensation

claims that may become due to its employees. On or before March 31, 1979, a political subdivision of the state

which, on December 31, 1978, was uninsured for its liability to pay compensation, shall file a properly completed

and executed application for a certificate of consent to self-insure against workers' compensation claims. The

certificate shall be issued and be subject to the provisions of Section 3702."

I am aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700 which require every employer to be insured against

liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code,

and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.

Name of the Contractor

By:

Signature

Print Name Title Date

(In accordance with Article 5 [commencing at Section 1860], Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the Labor Code, the

above certificate must be signed and filed with the awarding body prior to performing any work under the contract.)


June 2012 Page 30

005562.00148

13468417.1

PAYMENT BOND (CALIFORNIA PUBLIC WORK)

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

THAT WHEREAS, the South Orange County Community College District (sometimes referred to hereinafter

as “DISTRICT”) has awarded to __________________________________ (hereinafter designated as the

“CONTRACTOR” or “Principal”), an agreement for the work described as follows:

____________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Public Work”); and

WHEREAS, said CONTRACTOR is required to furnish a bond in connection with said Contract, and pursuant

to California Civil Code Section 9550;

NOW, THEREFORE, We, _______________________________________, the undersigned CONTRACTOR, as

Principal; and ________________________________, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the

State of ________________, and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as

Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the South Orange County Community College District and to any and all

persons, companies, or corporations entitled by law to file stop notices under California Civil Code Section 9100, or

any person, company, or corporation entitled to make a claim on this bond, in the sum of ____________________

Dollars ($_____________), said sum being not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable

by said DISTRICT under the terms of said Contract, for which payment will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,

our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if said Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators,

successors, or assigns, or subcontractor, shall fail to pay any person or persons named in Civil Code Section 9100; or

fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work

contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment

Insurance Code, with respect to work or labor thereon of any kind; or shall fail to deduct, withhold, and pay over to

the Employment Development Department, any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over by

Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 with respect to work and labor thereon of any kind, then said Surety

will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the amount herein above set forth, and in the event suit is brought

upon this bond, also will pay such reasonable attorneys’ fees as shall be fixed by the court, awarded and taxed as

provided in California Civil Code Sections 9550 et seq.

This bond shall inure to the benefit of any person named in Civil Code Section 9100 giving such person or his/her

assigns a right of action in any suit brought upon this bond.

It is further stipulated and agreed that the Surety of this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation

of the bond by any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any

contract, plans, or specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement herein

above described; or pertaining or relating to the furnishing of labor, materials, or equipment therefor; nor by any

change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of time for payment pertaining or relating to any

scheme or work of improvement herein above described; nor by any rescission or attempted rescission of the

contract, agreement or bond; nor by any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the

right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such contract or agreement or under the

bond; nor by any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond; and that

this bond be construed most strongly against the Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is

given; and under no circumstances shall the Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit such bond


June 2012 Page 31

005562.00148

13468417.1

has been given, by reason of any breach of contract between the DISTRICT and the CONTRACTOR or on the part of

any DISTRICT named in such bond; that the sole condition of recovery shall be that the claimant is a person described

in California Civil Code Section 9100, and who has not been paid the full amount of his or her claim; and that the

Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification herein

mentioned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this_____________ day of _____________, 20___.

PRINCIPAL/CONTRACTOR:

By:

SURETY:

By:

Attorney-in-Fact


June 2012 Page 32

005562.00148

13468417.1

IMPORTANT: THIS IS A REQUIRED FORM.

Surety companies executing bonds must possess a certificate of authority from the California Insurance

Commissioner authorizing them to write surety insurance defined in California Insurance Code Section 105, and if

the work or project is financed, in whole or in part, with federal, grant or loan funds, Surety’s name must also appear

on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended).

Any claims under this bond may be addressed to:

(Name and Address of Surety) (Name and Address of agent or representative for

service for service of process in California)

Telephone:

Telephone:

A notary public or other office completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

) ss.

COUNTY OF )

On ____________________________, before me, _____________________________, personally appeared _______________________________, who proved on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies) as the Attorney-in-Fact of the _____________________ (Surety) and acknowledged to me that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Notary Public in and for said State

Commission expires:

(SEAL)

NOTE: A copy of the power-of-attorney to local representatives of the bonding company must be attached hereto.


June 2012 Page 33

005562.00148

13468417.1

CONTRACT PERFORMANCE BOND (CALIFORNIA PUBLIC WORK)

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

THAT WHEREAS, the South Orange County Community College District (sometimes referred to hereinafter

as “DISTRICT”) has awarded to ____________________________________ (hereinafter designated as the

“CONTRACTOR” or “Principal”), an agreement for the work described as follows:

____________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Public Work”); and

WHEREAS, the work to be performed by the CONTRACTOR is more particularly set forth in that certain

contract for said Public Work dated _____________ ____________________, (hereinafter referred to as the

“Contract”), which Contract is incorporated herein by this reference; and

WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR is required by said Contract to perform the terms thereof and to provide a

bond both for the performance and guaranty thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, ______________________________________, the undersigned CONTRACTOR, as

Principal, and ________________________________, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the

State of ________________, and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as

Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the South Orange County Community College District in the sum of

_______________________________ Dollars ($_______________), said sum being not less than one hundred

percent (100%) of the total amount payable by said DISTRICT under the terms of said Contract, for which amount

well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly

and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the bounded CONTRACTOR, his or her heirs,

executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and

perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in said Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein

provided, on his or her part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all

respects according to their intent and meaning; and shall faithfully fulfill guarantees of all materials and

workmanship; and indemnify, defend and save harmless the DISTRICT, its officers and agents, as stipulated in said

Contract, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that it shall not be exonerated or released from the

obligation of this bond (either by total exoneration or pro tanto) by any change, extension of time, alteration in or

addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying

the same, nor by any change or modification to any terms of payment or extension of time for any payment

pertaining or relating to any scheme of work of improvement under the contract. Surety also stipulates and agrees

that it shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond (either by total exoneration or pro tanto)

by any overpayment or underpayment by the DISTRICT that is based upon estimates approved by the Architect. The

Surety stipulates and agrees that none of the aforementioned changes, modifications, alterations, additions,

extension of time or actions shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of

any such changes, modifications, alterations, additions or extension of time to the terms of the contract, or to the

work, or the specifications as well notice of any other actions that result in the foregoing.

As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the contract, the above obligation shall hold

good for a period of One (1) year(s) after the acceptance of the work by DISTRICT, during which time if

Contractor/Principal shall fail to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect


June 2012 Page 34

005562.00148

13468417.1

the DISTRICT from loss or damage made evident during the period of One (1) year(s) from the date of completion of

the work, and resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship, the above obligation in penal

sum thereof shall remain in full force and effect. The obligation of Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any

obligation of Contractor remains.

Whenever Principal shall be, and is declared by the DISTRICT to be, in default under the Contract, the Surety shall

promptly either remedy the default, or shall promptly complete the Contract through its agents or independent

contractors, subject to acceptance and approval of such agents or independent contractors by DISTRICT as

hereinafter set forth, in accordance with its terms and conditions and to pay and perform all obligations of Principal

under the Contract, including, without limitation, all obligations with respect to warranties, guarantees and the

payment of liquidated damages; or, at DISTRICT’S sole discretion and election, Surety shall obtain a bid or bids for

completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by DISTRICT of the

lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the DISTRICT and make available as Work

progresses (even though there should be a default or succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of

completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the “balance of the

Contract price” (as hereinafter defined), and to pay and perform all obligations of Principal under the Contract,

including, without limitation, all obligations with respect to warranties, guarantees and the payment of liquidated

damages. The term “balance of the Contract price,” as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable

to Principal by the DISTRICT under the Contract and any modifications thereto, less the amount previously paid by

the DISTRICT to the Principal, less any withholdings by the DISTRICT allowed under the Contract. DISTRICT shall not

be required or obligated to accept a tender of a completion contractor from the Surety.

Surety expressly agrees that the DISTRICT may reject any agent or contractor which may be proposed by Surety

in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal. Unless otherwise agreed by DISTRICT, in its

sole discretion, Surety shall not utilize Principal in completing the Contract nor shall Surety accept a bid from Principal

for completion of the work in the event of default by the Principal.

No final settlement between the DISTRICT and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary

hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.

The Surety shall remain responsible and liable for all patent and latent defects that arise out of or relate to the

CONTRACTOR’S failure and/or inability to properly complete the Public Work as required by the Contract and the

Contract Documents. The obligation of the Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any obligation of the

Contractor remains

CONTRACTOR and Surety agree that if the DISTRICT is required to engage the services of an attorney in connection

with enforcement of the bond, CONTRACTOR and Surety shall pay DISTRICT’S reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred,

with or without suit, in addition to the above sum.

In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the DISTRICT and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all

costs incurred by the DISTRICT in such suit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees to be fixed by the Court.


June 2012 Page 35

005562.00148

13468417.1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this _____ day of _____________, 20___.

PRINCIPAL/CONTRACTOR:

By:

SURETY:

By:

Attorney-in-Fact

The rate of premium on this bond is ______________________________ per thousand.

The total amount of premium charged: $__________________________ (This must be filled in by a corporate

surety).


June 2012 Page 36

005562.00148

13468417.1

IMPORTANT: THIS IS A REQUIRED FORM.

Surety companies executing bonds must possess a certificate of authority from the California Insurance

Commissioner authorizing them to write surety insurance defined in California Insurance Code Section 105, and if

the work or project is financed, in whole or in part, with federal, grant or loan funds, Surety’s name must also appear

on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended).

Any claims under this bond may be addressed to:

(Name and Address of Surety) (Name and Address of agent or representative for service

for service of process in California)

Telephone:

Telephone:

A notary public or other office completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

) ss.

COUNTY OF )

On ____________________________, before me, _____________________________, personally appeared _______________________________, who proved on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies) as the Attorney-in-Fact of the _____________________ (Surety) and acknowledged to me that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) executed the instrument

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Notary Public in and for said State

Commission expires:

(SEAL)

NOTE: A copy of the power-of-attorney to local representatives of the bonding company must be attached hereto.


June 2012 Page 37

005562.00148

13468417.1

AGREEMENT – CONSTRUCTION SERVICES, PROJECT NAME, COLLEGE NAME

THIS AGREEMENT, dated the day of , 20 , in the County of Orange, State of

California, is by and between South Orange County Community College District, (hereinafter referred to as

"DISTRICT"), and , (hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR").

The DISTRICT and the CONTRACTOR, for the consideration stated herein, agree as follows:

1. CONTRACTOR agrees to complete the Project known as

according to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Project Documents, including

but not limited to the Notice Calling For Bids, Information for Bidders, Bid Form, Bid Security, Designation of

Subcontractors, all prequalification forms submitted pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20651.5, if any, Non-

collusion Declaration, Workers' Compensation Certificate, Faithful Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Escrow

Agreement, if applicable, Drug-Free Workplace Certification, Change Orders, Shop Drawing Transmittals, Insurance

Certificates and Endorsements, Guarantees, CONTRACTOR’S Certificate Regarding Non-Asbestos Containing

Materials, Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises Certification, if applicable, General Conditions, Supplemental

Conditions, if any, Special Conditions, if any, Drawings, Specifications, and all modifications, addenda and

amendments thereto by this reference incorporated herein. The Project Documents are complementary, and what

is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all.

2. CONTRACTOR shall perform within the time set forth in Paragraph 4 of this Agreement everything

required to be performed, and shall provide, furnish and pay for all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable

equipment, and all taxes, utility and transportation services required for construction of the Project. All of said work

shall be performed and completed in a good workmanlike manner in strict accordance with the drawings,

specifications and all provisions of this Agreement as hereinabove defined and in accordance with applicable laws,

codes, regulations, ordinances and any other legal requirements governing the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall be

liable to the DISTRICT for any damages arising as a result of a failure to fully comply with this obligation, and the

CONTRACTOR shall not be excused with respect to any failure to so comply by any act or omission of the Architect,

Engineer, Inspector, Division of State Architect, or representative of any of them, unless such act or omission actually

prevents the CONTRACTOR from fully complying with the requirements of the Project Documents, and unless the

CONTRACTOR protests at the time of such alleged prevention that the act or omission is preventing the

CONTRACTOR from fully complying with the Project Documents. Such protest shall not be effective unless reduced

to writing and filed with the DISTRICT within three (3) working days of the date of occurrence of the act or omission

preventing the CONTRACTOR from fully complying with the Project Documents.

3. DISTRICT shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, as full consideration for the faithful performance of this

Agreement , subject to any additions or deductions as provided in the Project Documents, the sum of

Dollars ($ ).

4. The work shall be commenced on the date of the DISTRICT’S Notice to Proceed and shall be

completed within ( ) consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the

Notice to Proceed.

5. Time is of the essence. If the work is not completed in accordance with Paragraph 4 above, it is

understood that the DISTRICT will suffer damage. It being impractical and infeasible to determine the amount of


June 2012 Page 38

005562.00148

13468417.1

actual damage, in accordance with Government Code Section 53069.85, it is agreed that CONTRACTOR shall pay to

DISTRICT as fixed and liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of

Dollars($ ) for each calendar day of delay until work is completed and accepted.

Time extensions may be granted by the DISTRICT as provided in Article 64 of the General Conditions. Liquidated

damages shall be imposed as set forth in Article 64 of the General Conditions.

6. Termination for Cause or Non-appropriation. In the event CONTRACTOR defaults in the

performance of the Agreement as set forth in General Conditions Article 13(a) or if there is a non-appropriation of

funds or insufficient funds as set forth in General Conditions Article 13(d), then this Agreement shall terminate or be

suspended as set forth in General Conditions Article 13.

7. Termination for Convenience. DISTRICT has discretion to terminate this Agreement at any time

and require CONTRACTOR to cease all work on the Project by providing CONTRACTOR written notice of termination

specifying the desired date of termination. Upon receipt of written notice from DISTRICT of such termination for

DISTRICT’S convenience, CONTRACTOR shall:

(i) Cease operations as directed by DISTRICT in the notice;

(ii) Take any actions necessary, or that DISTRICT may direct, for the

protection and preservation of the work; and

(iii) Not terminate any insurance provisions required by the Project

Documents.

In case of such termination for DISTRICT’S convenience, CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive payment

from DISTRICT for work satisfactorily executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, and tools,

including overhead and profit for that portion of the work completed. In the case of Termination for Convenience,

DISTRICT shall have the right to accept assignment of subcontractors. The foregoing provisions are in addition to

and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the DISTRICT.

8. Hold Harmless and Indemnification. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless District,

Architect, Construction Manager, Inspector, the State of California and their officers, employees, agents and

independent contractors from all liabilities, claims, actions, liens, judgments, demands, damages, losses, costs or

expenses of any kind arising from death, personal injury, property damage or other cause based or asserted upon

any act, omission, or breach connected with or arising from the progress of Work or performance of service under

this Agreement or the Contract Documents. As part of this indemnity, Contractor shall protect and defend, at its

own expense, District, Architect, Construction Manager, Inspector, the State of California and their officers,

employees, agents and independent contractors from any legal action including attorney’s fees or other proceeding

based upon such act, omission, breach or as otherwise required by this Article.

Furthermore, Contractor agrees to and does hereby defend, indemnify and hold harmless District,


independent contractors from every claim or demand made, and every liability, loss, damage, expense or attorney’s

fees of any nature whatsoever, which may be incurred by reason of:

(a) Liability for (1) death or bodily injury to persons; (2) damage or injury to, loss (including theft), or

loss of use of, any property; (3) any failure or alleged failure to comply with any provision of law or the

Contract Documents; or (4) any other loss, damage or expense, sustained by any person, firm or corporation


June 2012 Page 39

005562.00148

13468417.1

or in connection with the Work called for in this Agreement or the Contract Documents, except for liability

resulting from the sole or active negligence, or the willful misconduct of the District.

(b) Any bodily injury to or death of persons or damage to property caused by any act, omission or

breach of Contractor or any person, firm or corporation employed by Contractor, either directly or by

independent contract, including all damages or injury to or death of persons, loss (including theft) or loss

of use of any property, sustained by any person, firm or corporation, including the District, arising out of or

in any way connected with Work covered by this Agreement or the Contract Documents, whether said injury

or damage occurs either on or off District property, but not for any loss, injury, death or damages caused

by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the District.

(c) Any dispute between Contractor and CONTRACTOR’S subcontractors/supplies/ Sureties, including,

but not limited to, any failure or alleged failure of the Contractor (or any person hired or employed directly

or indirectly by the Contractor) to pay any Subcontractor or Material supplier of any tier or any other person

employed in connection with the Work and/or filing of any stop notice or mechanic’s lien claims.

Contractor, at its own expense, cost, and risk, shall defend any and all claims, actions, suits, or other

proceedings that may be brought or instituted against the District, its officers, agents or employees, on account of

or founded upon any cause, damage, or injury identified herein Article 5 and shall pay or satisfy any judgment that

may be rendered against the District, its officers, agents or employees in any action, suit or other proceedings as a

result thereof.

The CONTRACTOR’S and Subcontractors’ obligation to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,


independent contractors hereunder shall include, without limitation, any and all claims, damages, and costs for the

following: (1) any damages or injury to or death of any person, and damage or injury to, loss (including theft), or loss

of use of, any property; (2) breach of any warranty, express or implied; (3) failure of the Contractor or Subcontractors

to comply with any applicable governmental law, rule, regulation, or other requirement; (4) products installed in or

used in connection with the Work; and (5) any claims of violation of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”).

This indemnity shall survive termination of the contract or final payment thereunder. This indemnity is in

addition to any other rights or remedies which the DISTRICT may have under the law or under the Project

Documents. In the event of any claim or demand made against any party which is entitled to be indemnified

hereunder, the DISTRICT may in its sole discretion reserve, retain or apply any monies due to the CONTRACTOR

under the Project Documents for the purpose of resolving such claims; provided, however, that the DISTRICT may

release such funds if the CONTRACTOR provides the DISTRICT with reasonable assurance of protection of the

DISTRICT’S interests. The DISTRICT shall in its sole discretion determine whether such assurances are reasonable.

9. CONTRACTOR shall take out, prior to commencing the work, and maintain, during the life of this

Agreement, and shall require all subcontractors, if any, whether primary or secondary, to take out and maintain the

insurance coverages set forth below and in Articles 16, 17, 18 and 19 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR agrees

to provide all evidences of coverage required by DISTRICT including certificates of insurance and endorsements.

Public Liability Insurance for injuries including accidental death, to any one person in an amount not less than $2,000,000 Subcontractors of every tier $1,000,000


June 2012 Page 40

005562.00148

13468417.1

and Subject to the same limit for each person on account of one accident, in an amount not less than $2,000,000 Subcontractors of every tier $1,000,000 Property Damage Insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 Subcontractors of every tier $1,000,000 Course of Construction Insurance without exclusion or limitation in an

amount not less than $2,000,000 Excess Liability Insurance (Contractor only) $2,000,000

Insurance Covering Special Hazards: The following special hazards shall be covered by rider or

riders to above-mentioned public liability insurance or property damage insurance policy or

policies of insurance, or by special policies of insurance in amounts as follows:

Automotive and truck where operated in amounts as above

Material hoist where used in amounts as above

Waiver of Subrogation

Contractor waives (to the extent permitted by law) any right to recover against the District, and its

respective elected officials, officers, employees, agents, and representatives for damages to the Work, any part

thereof, or any and all claims arising by reason of any of the foregoing, but only to the extent that such damages

and/or claims are covered by property insurance and only to the extent of such coverage (which shall exclude

deductible amounts) actually carried by the District.

The provisions of this section are intended to restrict each party to recovery against insurance carriers only

to the extent of such coverage and waive fully and for the benefit of each, any rights and/or claims which might give

rise to a right of subrogation in any insurance carrier. The District and the Contractor shall each obtain in all policies

of insurance carried by either of them, a waiver by the insurance companies there under of all rights of recovery by

way of subrogation for any damages or claims covered by the insurance.

Additional Insured Endorsement Requirements.

The Contractor shall name, on any policy of insurance required the District, their officers, employees,

Construction Manager, Architect, and all other Agents and Representatives as additional insureds. Subcontractors

shall name the Contractor, the District, their officers, employees, Construction Manager, Architect, and all other

Agents and Representatives as additional insureds. The Additional Insured Endorsement included on all such

insurance policies shall state that coverage is afforded the additional insured with respect to claims arising out of

operations performed by or on behalf of the insured. The additional insured endorsement shall be an ISO CG 20 10

(04/13), or an ISO CG 20 38 (04/13), or their equivalent as determined by the District in its sole discretion. If the

additional insureds have other insurance that is applicable to the loss, such other insurance shall be on an excess or


June 2012 Page 41

005562.00148

13468417.1

contingent basis. The insurance provided by the Contractor must be designated in the policy as primary to any

insurance obtained by the District. The amount of the insurer’s liability shall not be reduced by the existence of such

other insurance.

10. Public Contract Code Section 22300 permits the substitution of securities for any retention monies

withheld by the DISTRICT to ensure performance under this Agreement. At the request and expense of the

CONTRACTOR, securities equivalent to the monies withheld shall be deposited with the DISTRICT, or with a state or

federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, who shall then pay such monies to the CONTRACTOR.

The DISTRICT retains the sole discretion to approve the bank selected by the CONTRACTOR to serve as escrow agent.

Upon satisfactory completion of the Agreement, the securities shall be returned to the CONTRACTOR. Securities

eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan

certificates of deposit. The CONTRACTOR shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies

withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

In the alternative, under Section 22300, the CONTRACTOR may request DISTRICT to make payment of

earned retention monies directly to the escrow agent at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. Also at the

CONTRACTOR’S expense, the CONTRACTOR may direct investment of the payments into securities, and the

CONTRACTOR shall receive interest earned on such investment upon the same conditions as provided for securities

deposited by CONTRACTOR. Upon satisfactory completion of the Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall receive from the

escrow agent all securities, interest and payments received by escrow agent from DISTRICT pursuant to the terms of

Section 22300.

11. Prevailing Wages. Wage rates for this Project shall be in accordance with the general prevailing

rate of holiday and overtime work in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification,

or type of work needed to execute the Contract as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial

Relations. Copies of schedules of rates so determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations are

on file at the administrative office of the District and are also available from the Director of the Department of

Industrial Relations. Monitoring and enforcement of the prevailing wage laws and related requirements will be

performed by the Labor Commissioner/ Department of Labor Standards Enforcement (DLSE). The following are

hereby referenced and made a part of this Agreement and Contractor stipulates to the provisions contained therein:

(1) Chapter 1 of Part 7 of Division 2 of the Labor Code (Section 1720 et seq.); and (2) California Code of Regulations,

Title 8, Chapter 8, Subchapters 3 through 6 (Section 16000 et seq.)

12. If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the

corporation is duly incorporated and in good standing in the State of , and that

, whose title is , is authorized to act for and bind the

corporation.

13. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Agreement shall

be deemed to be inserted herein and the Agreement shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein,

and if through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not currently inserted, then upon

application of either party the Agreement shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or

correction.

14. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties. No other agreements, oral or

written, pertaining to the work to be performed, exists between the parties. This Agreement can be modified only

by an amendment in writing, signed by both parties and pursuant to action of the Governing Board of the District.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.


June 2012 Page 42

005562.00148

13468417.1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed.

DISTRICT CONTRACTOR

By: By: Signature Signature Print Name Print Name Title Title

CONTRACTOR’S License No.

Tax ID/Social Security No.

(CORPORATE SEAL OF CONTRACTOR,

if corporation)


June 2012 Page 43

005562.00148

13468417.1

ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION

This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into, as of , 20 , by and

between South Orange County Community College District, whose address is 28000 Marguerite Parkway, Mission

Viejo, CA 92692 hereinafter called "DISTRICT;” , whose address is

, hereinafter

called "Contractor;" and, , whose address is

, hereinafter

called "Escrow Agent."

For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the DISTRICT, Contractor, and Escrow Agent agree as follows:

(1) Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, Contractor has the

option to deposit securities with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by

DISTRICT pursuant to the Agreement entered into between the DISTRICT and Contractor for in the

amount of ,dated

(hereinafter

referred to as the "Agreement"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the DISTRICT shall make

payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a

substitute for retention earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the DISTRICT within ten (10) days of the deposit. The

market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required

to be withheld as retention under the terms of the Agreement between the DISTRICT and Contractor. Securities

shall be held in the name of DISTRICT, and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner.

(2) The DISTRICT shall make progress payments to the Contractor for those funds which otherwise would

be withheld from progress payments, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount

specified above.

(3) When the DISTRICT makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent

shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until the time the escrow created under this Escrow Agreement is

terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of

this Escrow Agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when

the DISTRICT pays the Escrow Agent directly.

(4) Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in

administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the DISTRICT. These expenses and payment terms shall be

determined by the DISTRICT, Contractor and Escrow Agent.

(5) The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest

earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor

at any time and from time to time without notice to the DISTRICT.

(6) Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only

by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from the DISTRICT to the Escrow Agent

that DISTRICT consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.


June 2012 Page 44

005562.00148

13468417.1

(7) The DISTRICT shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor.

Upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the DISTRICT of the default, the Escrow Agent shall

immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the DISTRICT.

(8) Upon receipt of written notification from the DISTRICT certifying that the Agreement is final and

complete, and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Agreement,

Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the

Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all monies and securities on deposit

and payments of fees and charges.

(9) Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the DISTRICT and the Contractor pursuant to

Sections (5) to (8), inclusive, of this Escrow Agreement and the DISTRICT and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent

harmless from Escrow Agent's release and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above.

(10) The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notice or to receive written notice on

behalf of the DISTRICT and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their

respective signatures are as follows:

On behalf of DISTRICT: On behalf of Contractor: Title Title Name Name Signature Signature Address Address


June 2012 Page 45

005562.00148

13468417.1

On behalf of Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the DISTRICT and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Escrow Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Escrow Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. DISTRICT CONTRACTOR Title Title Name Name Signature Signature

Escrow Agent

Title

Name

Signature


June 2012 Page 46

005562.00148

13468417.1

GUARANTEE

Guarantee for . We hereby guarantee that the , which we have

installed in , has been done in accordance with the Project

Documents and that the work as installed will fulfill the requirements included in the Project Documents. The

undersigned agrees to repair or replace any or all of such work, together with any other adjacent work which may

be displaced in connection with such repair or replacement, that may prove to be defective in workmanship or

material within a period of one (1) year from the date of completion of the Project, ordinary wear and tear and

unusual abuse or neglect excepted.

In the event of the undersigned's or undersigned surety’s failure to commence and pursue with diligence

said repairs or replacements within ten (10) calendar days after being notified in writing by the DISTRICT or within

forty eight (48) hours in the case of an emergency or urgent matter, the undersigned authorizes the DISTRICT to

proceed to have said defects repaired or replaced and made good at the expense of the undersigned and surety who

hereby agree to pay the costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand. (General Conditions Article 47(d))

The undersigned and its surety shall be jointly and severally liable for any costs arising from the DISTRICT’S

enforcement of this Guarantee.

Name of Contractor

By:

Signature of Contractor

Print Name

Title

Contractor shall provide copy of this Guarantee to CONTRACTOR’S surety.


June 2012 Page 47

005562.00148

13468417.1

Guarantee (continued)

Name of Subcontractor (if work performed by

subcontractor)

By: Signature of Subcontractor

Print Name

Title Representatives to be contacted for service: Name: Address: Telephone:


June 2012 Page 48

005562.00148

13468417.1

SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL The procedure governing shop drawing submittals is contained in the General Conditions. In addition, all

Supplemental Conditions, Special Conditions and Specifications must be followed by the CONTRACTOR.

Failure to comply with all requirements will constitute grounds for return of the shop drawing for proper resubmittal.

CONTRACTOR shall sequentially number each submittal.

Date: Submittal No.: From: To: Project Name:

This is a(n): Original

Submittal

2nd Submittal

[ ] Submittal

Subject of Submittal: Equipment Specification Designation: Section(s): Complete either (a) or (b) Check One:

(a) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified or shown (no exceptions).

(b) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified or shown, except for the following deviations (List deviations on an attached sheet).

(continued on next page)


June 2012 Page 49

005562.00148

13468417.1

The CONTRACTOR has reviewed and approved not only the field dimensions and the construction criteria and has

also made written notation regarding any information in the shop drawings that does not conform to the Project

Documents. This shop drawing has been coordinated with all other shop drawings received to date by CONTRACTOR

and this duty of coordination has not been delegated to subcontractors, material suppliers, the ARCHITECT, or the

engineers on this Project.

Signature of Contractor or Supplier


June 2012 Page 50

005562.00148

13468417.1

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION

This Drug-Free Workplace Certification is required pursuant to Government Code Sections 8350, et seq., the

Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990. The Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990 requires that every person or organization

awarded a contract for the procurement of any property or services from any State agency must certify that it will

provide a drug-free workplace by doing certain specified acts. In addition, the Act provides that each contract

awarded by a State agency may be subject to suspension of payments or termination of the contract and the

contractor may be subject to debarment from future contracting, if the state agency determines that specified acts

have occurred.

Pursuant to Government Code Section 8355, every person or organization awarded a contract from a State agency

shall certify that it will provide a drug-free workplace by doing all of the following:

a) publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,

dispensation, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the person's or organization's workplace

and specifying actions which will be taken against employees for violations of the prohibition;

b) establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform employees about all of the following:

1) the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;

2) the person's or organization's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;

3) the availability of drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee-assistance programs;

4) the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations;

c) requiring that each employee engaged in the performance of the contract be given a copy of the

statement required by subdivision (a) and that, as a condition of employment on the contract, the employee agrees

to abide by the terms of the statement.

I, the undersigned, agree to fulfill the terms and requirements of Government Code Section 8355 listed above and

will publish a statement notifying employees concerning (a) the prohibition of controlled substance at the workplace,

(b) establishing a drug-free awareness program, and (c) requiring that each employee engaged in the performance

of the contract be given a copy of the statement required by Section 8355(a) and requiring that the employee agree

to abide by the terms of that statement.

I also understand that if the DISTRICT determines that I have either (a) made a false certification herein, or (b)

violated this certification by failing to carry out the requirements of Section 8355, that the contract awarded herein

is subject to suspension of payments, termination, or both. I further understand that, should I violate the terms of

the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990, I may be subject to debarment in accordance with the requirements of Section

8350, et seq.


June 2012 Page 51

005562.00148

13468417.1

I acknowledge that I am aware of the provisions of Government Code Section 8350, et seq. and hereby certify that I

will adhere to the requirements of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990.

NAME OF CONTRACTOR

Signature

Print Name

Title

Date


June 2012 Page 52

005562.00148

13468417.1

SMOKE-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Board Policy 2150, South Orange County Community College District maintains a smoke free

environment in all District sites in order to maintain an educational and workplace environment that is

conducive to the health and safety its students and employees. The use of tobacco products, to include

but not limited to, the burning of any type of cigar, cigarette, or pipe, electronic (vapor) cigarette, and

the use of smokeless/chewing tobacco is strictly prohibited within or on any District facility or property.

Tobacco products shall not be commercially sold or distributed in any manner on any District site

including free samples from vendors or other entities. Advertising and sponsorship of events by any

entity is also prohibited.

Contractor certifies that they will publish a statement notifying its subcontractors/employees with the

details of this policy as it pertains to work at District sites.

This policy pertains to students, faculty, staff, administrators, contractors, visitors, and the general

public attending events or working at any site within the District. Additionally, this policy applies to all

District owned facilities and construction sites, owned or leased and regardless of location, and all state

and auxiliary vehicles.

I acknowledge that I am aware of the provisions of SOCCCD Board policy 2150 and hereby certify that I will adhere

to the requirements of the Smoke-Free Workplace policy.

NAME OF CONTRACTOR

Signature

Print Name

Title

Date


June 2012 Page 53

005562.00148

13468417.1

NO GIFT POLICY CERTIFICATION

Contractors shall not offer any gratuities, favors, incentives, or anything of monetary value (“Incentives”)

to any official, employee or agent of the district for the purpose of influencing the consideration of any

bid. Submission of a bid indicates contractor certifies that they have not paid nor have agreed to pay any

person, other than a bona fide employee or agent of the Contractor, a fee or a brokerage fee resulting

from the award of the contract. Providing Incentives shall result in the immediate termination of

Contractor’s existing and future contracts. The District will take appropriate actions including, but not

limited to, referral to local law enforcement authorities.

Contractor certifies that they will publish a statement notifying its subcontractors/employees with the

details of this policy as it pertains to work at District sites.

This policy pertains to contractors, consultants and proposers conducting business within the District.

I acknowledge that I am aware of the provisions of SOCCCD and hereby certify that I will adhere to the requirements

of the District No Gift policy.

NAME OF CONTRACTOR

Signature

Print Name

Title

Date


June 2012 Page 54

005562.00148

13468417.1

CHANGE ORDER NO. (ADDITIVE)

PROJECT:

TO:

You are hereby directed to provide the extra work necessary to comply with this Change Order.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE:

COST (This cost shall not be exceeded.):

Original contract price: $

Change Order amount: $

New contract price: $

TIME FOR COMPLETION:

Original completion date:

Time for completion of

Change Order:

New completion date:

Contractor agrees to perform the above-described work in accordance with the above terms and in compliance with

applicable sections of the Project Documents. The amount of the charges under this Change Order is limited to the

charges allowed under Article 60 of the General Conditions. The adjustment in the contract sum, if any, and the

adjustment in the contract time, if any, set out in this Change Order shall constitute the entire compensation and/or

adjustment in the contract time due Contractor arising out of the change in the work covered by this Change Order,

unless otherwise provided in this Change Order. It is understood that this Change Order shall be effective when

approved by the Governing Board of the District.

No additions or deletions to this Change Order shall be allowed, except with written permission of District.

Contractor accepts the terms and conditions stated above as full and final settlement of any and all claims arising

from this Change Order.



June 2012 Page 55

005562.00148

13468417.1

This Change Order is hereby agreed to, accepted and approved.

CONTRACTOR DISTRICT

By: By:

Signature Signature

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Date Date

ARCHITECT DISTRICT

By: By:

Signature Brandye D’Lena

Executive Director, Facilities Planning

Print Name

Title

Date Date


June 2012 Page 56

005562.00148

13468417.1

CHANGE ORDER NO. (DEDUCTIVE)

PROJECT:

TO:

You are hereby directed to comply with this Change Order.

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE:

COST (This cost shall be deleted.):

Original contract price: $

Change Order amount: $

New contract price: $

TIME FOR COMPLETION:

Original completion date:

Time for completion of

Change Order:

New completion date:

Contractor agrees to deduct the above-described work in accordance with the above terms and in compliance with

applicable sections of the Project Documents. Contractor agrees to the adjustment in the contract sum, if any, and

the adjustment in the contract time, if any, set out in this Change Order.

No additions or deletions to this Change Order shall be allowed, except with written permission of District.

Contractor accepts the terms and conditions stated above as full and final settlement of any and all claims arising

from this Change Order.



June 2012 Page 57

005562.00148

13468417.1

This Change Order is hereby agreed to, accepted and approved.

CONTRACTOR DISTRICT

By: By:

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Date Date

ARCHITECT DISTRICT

By: By:

Signature Brandye D’Lena

Executive Director, Facilities Planning

Print Name

Title

Date Date


June 2012 Page 58

005562.00148

13468417.1

CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE REGARDING NON-ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS

Per Article 70 of the General Conditions.

Certification for . We hereby certify that no Asbestos, or Asbestos Containing Materials

shall be used in this Project or in any tools, devices, clothing, or equipment used to affect the

which we have installed in the South Orange County Community College District under Project/Bid No.

.

(a) The Contractor further certifies that he/she has instructed his/her employees with respect to the above mentioned standards, hazards, risks and liabilities.

(b) Asbestos and/or asbestos containing material shall be defined as all items containing but not limited to chrysotile, corcidolite, amosite, anthopyllite, tremolite and actinolite.

(c) Any or all material containing greater than one-tenth of one percent (.1%) asbestos shall be defined as asbestos containing material.

(d) Any disputes involving the question of whether or not material contains asbestos shall be settled by electron microscopy. The costs of any such tests shall be paid by the Contractor if the material is found to contain asbestos.

(e) All work or materials found to contain asbestos or work or material installed with asbestos containing equipment will be immediately rejected and this work will be removed at no additional cost to the District.

Date Name of Contractor

By:

Signature

Print Name

Title


June 2012 Page 59

005562.00148

13468417.1

RECYCLED CONTENT CERTIFICATION

The undersigned declares that he or she is the person who prepared a proposal for the Project Name (hereinafter

referred to as “Project”) and submitted it to the South Orange County Community College District (DISTRICT) on

behalf of (CONTRACTOR).

Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 12205, all contractors are required to certify in writing under penalty of

perjury the minimum (if not exact) percentage of recycled contract in materials, goods or supplies offered or

products listed in Section 12207 used in the performance of their contract, regardless of whether the product meets

the required recycled product percentage as defined in Section 12209. The recycled content shall include both post-

consumer material and secondary material as defined in Public Contract Code Section 12200. The CONTRACTOR may

certify that the product contains zero recycled content. For purposes of this Certification, the definitions found in

Public Contract Code Section 12200 shall apply.

I declare under the laws of the State of California that the following percentages of Post-consumer Material and

Secondary Material is in the materials goods or supplies offered for, or products used in, the performance of the

Contract for the Project:

% Post-consumer Material % Secondary Material

Executed on this day of , 2016 at .

CONTRACTOR

Signature

Print Name, Title

Subscribed and sworn before me This day of , 2016 Notary Public in and for the State of California My commission expires:

Schools Legal Service of O.C. General Conditions

May 2002 (District update: 11/7/2011) Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 3

ARTICLE 2. STATUS OF CONTRACTOR .................................................................................................................... 3

ARTICLE 3. CHANGE IN NAME AND NATURE OF CONTRACTOR'S LEGAL ENTITY .................................................. 4

ARTICLE 4. CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISION, PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ......................................................... 4

ARTICLE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS (If Applicable) ....................................................................................................... 4

ARTICLE 6. PROHIBITED INTERESTS ....................................................................................................................... 5

ARTICLE 7. DISTRICT'S INSPECTOR ......................................................................................................................... 5

ARTICLE 8. NOTICE OF TAXABLE POSSESSORY INTEREST ...................................................................................... 6

ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 6

ARTICLE 10. OTHER CONTRACTS (If Applicable) ...................................................................................................... 6

ARTICLE 11. OCCUPANCY ........................................................................................................................................ 6

ARTICLE 12. DISTRICT’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT.................................................................................. 6

ARTICLE 13. BONDS ................................................................................................................................................. 7

ARTICLE 14. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES ............................................................................................................ 7

ARTICLE 15. FIRE INSURANCE .................................................................................................................................. 8

ARTICLE 16. PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE .................................................................... 8

ARTICLE 17. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9

ARTICLE 18. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE .................................................................................................. 9

ARTICLE 19. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS .............................................................................................................. 10

ARTICLE 20. TRENCHES (If Applicable) ................................................................................................................... 10

ARTICLE 21. STATE AUDIT ...................................................................................................................................... 11

ARTICLE 22. MATERIALS AND WORK ..................................................................................................................... 11

ARTICLE 23. INTEGRATION OF WORK .................................................................................................................... 12

ARTICLE 24. OBTAINING OF PERMITS, LICENSES AND EASEMENTS ...................................................................... 12

ARTICLE 25. EXISTING UTILITY LINES; REMOVAL, RESTORATION .......................................................................... 12

ARTICLE 26. WORK TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS .................................................... 13

ARTICLE 27. ACCESS TO WORK .............................................................................................................................. 13

ARTICLE 28. PAYMENTS BY CONTRACTOR ............................................................................................................ 13

ARTICLE 29. CLEANING UP ..................................................................................................................................... 13

ARTICLE 30. PATENTS, ROYALTIES, AND INDEMNITIES ......................................................................................... 13

ARTICLE 31. GUARANTEE ....................................................................................................................................... 14

ARTICLE 32. DUTY TO PROVIDE FIT WORKERS ...................................................................................................... 15

ARTICLE 33. WAGE RATES, TRAVEL AND SUBSISTENCE......................................................................................... 15

ARTICLE 34. HOURS OF WORK............………………………………………………………………………………………………………………16

ARTICLE 35. PAYROLL RECORDS ............................................................................................................................ 16

ARTICLE 36. APPRENTICES ..................................................................................................................................... 17

ARTICLE 37. LABOR - FIRST AID ............................................................................................................................. 18

ARTICLE 38. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ....................................................................................... 18

ARTICLE 39. NON-DISCRIMINATION ...................................................................................................................... 19

ARTICLE 40. CONTRACTOR CLAIMS ....................................................................................................................... 19

ARTICLE 41. DISPUTES DECISIONS ......................................................................................................................... 20

ARTICLE 42. PAYMENTS ......................................................................................................................................... 20

ARTICLE 43. CHANGES AND EXTRA WORK ............................................................................................................ 21

ARTICLE 44. ADJUSTMENTS TO CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................................................. 21

ARTICLE 45. TAXES ................................................................................................................................................. 22

ARTICLE 46. NO ASSIGNMENT ............................................................................................................................... 22

ARTICLE 47. NOTICE ............................................................................................................................................... 22

ARTICLE 48. NO WAIVER........................................................................................................................................ 22



ARTICLE 49. NON-UTILIZATION OF ASBESTOS MATERIAL ..................................................................................... 22

ARTICLE 50. LEAD .................................................................................................................................................. 23

ARTICLE 51. GOVERNING LAW .............................................................................................................................. 23



ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

(a) Agents & Representatives includes all project participants holding contract with the DISTRICT

other than the CONTRACTOR.

(b) Agreement includes collectively all Project Documents.

(c) Approval means written authorization by DISTRICT.

(d) CONTRACTOR or DISTRICT are those mentioned as such in the Agreement. They are treated

throughout the Project Documents as if they are of singular number and neuter gender.

(e) Day shall be defined as business day unless otherwise noted.

(f) DISTRICT is the Governing Board or its duly authorized representative.

(g) Locality in which the work is performed means the county and city in which the work is done.

(h) Project is the planned undertaking as provided for in the Project Documents.

(i) Project Documents includes collectively, to wit: Noncollusion Affidavit, Workers’ Compensation

Certificate, Payment Bond, Agreement, Escrow Agreement-if applicable, Drug-Free Workplace

Certification, Change Order forms, Insurance Certificates and Endorsements, Guarantee form, Contractor’s

Certificate Regarding Non-Asbestos Containing Materials, General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions-if

any, Special Conditions-if any, Drawings, Specifications, and all modifications, addenda and amendments

thereto. The Project Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as

if called for by all.

(k) Provide shall include "provide complete in place," that is, "furnish and install."

(l) Safety Orders are those issued by the Division of Industrial Safety and OSHA safety and health

standards for construction.

(m) Standards, Rules, and Regulations referred to are recognized printed standards and shall be

considered as one and a part of these specifications within limits specified.

(n) Subcontractor, as used herein, includes those having a direct contractual relationship with

CONTRACTOR and one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to plans, drawings,

and specifications, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked.

(o) Surety is the person, firm, or corporation that executes as a California admitted surety insurer, the

CONTRACTOR's Bid Security, faithful performance bond and payment bond.

(p) Work of the CONTRACTOR or subcontractor includes labor or materials (including, without

limitation, equipment and appliances) or both, incorporated in, or to be incorporated in the Project.

(q) Workers includes laborer, worker, or mechanic.

(r) Working day is defined as business day.

ARTICLE 2. STATUS OF CONTRACTOR

(a) CONTRACTOR is and shall at all times be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall be

wholly responsible for the manner in which it performs the services required of it by the terms of the Project

Documents. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating the relationship of employer and

employee, or principal and agent, between the DISTRICT and CONTRACTOR or any of CONTRACTOR's

agents or employees. CONTRACTOR assumes exclusively the responsibility for the acts of its employees

as they relate to the services to be provided during the course and scope of their employment.

CONTRACTOR, its agents and employees shall not be entitled to any rights or privileges of DISTRICT

employees and shall not be considered in any manner to be DISTRICT employees. DISTRICT shall be

permitted to monitor the activities of the CONTRACTOR to determine compliance with the terms of the

Project Documents.



(b) Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board.

Any CONTRACTOR not so licensed is subject to penalties under the law, and the contract will be considered

void pursuant to Section 7028.7 of the Business and Professions Code. Any questions concerning a

contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License Board, 9821 Business Park Drive, P.

O. Box 26000, Sacramento, CA 95826.

ARTICLE 3. CHANGE IN NAME AND NATURE OF CONTRACTOR'S LEGAL ENTITY

Before CONTRACTOR makes any change in the name or legal nature of the CONTRACTOR's entity,

CONTRACTOR shall first notify the DISTRICT in writing and cooperate with DISTRICT in making such

changes as the DISTRICT may request in the Project Documents.

ARTICLE 4. CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISION, PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

(a) During progress of the work, CONTRACTOR shall keep on the work site a competent

superintendent satisfactory to DISTRICT. Before commencing the work herein, CONTRACTOR shall give

written notice to DISTRICT of the name, qualifications and experience of such superintendent. If

Superintendent is found unsatisfactory by DISTRICT, CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent with

one acceptable to the DISTRICT. Superintendent shall not be changed except with written consent of

DISTRICT, unless a superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to CONTRACTOR and ceases to be in its

employ, in which case, CONTRACTOR shall notify DISTRICT in writing and replace said Superintendent

with one acceptable to the DISTRICT. Superintendent shall represent CONTRACTOR and all directions

given to Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.

(b) CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the work competently and efficiently, devoting such

attention thereto and applying such skills as may be necessary to perform the work in accordance with the

Project Documents. CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare all instructions and shall at once

report to DISTRICT any error, inconsistency or omission which CONTRACTOR or its employees may

discover. The CONTRACTOR represents itself to DISTRICT as a skilled, knowledgeable, and experienced

CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Project, and shall at once

report to the DISTRICT any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered. The CONTRACTOR shall be

liable to the DISTRICT for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Project that

the CONTRACTOR recognized and which CONTRACTOR knowingly failed to report and which a similarly

skilled, knowledgeable, and experienced contractor would have discovered.

(c) The CONTRACTOR shall take field measurements, verify field conditions, and shall carefully

compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the CONTRACTOR with

the Project before commencing work. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to

the DISTRICT at once. Upon commencement of any item of work, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible

for dimensions related to such item of work and shall make any corrections necessary to make work properly

fit at no additional cost to DISTRICT. This responsibility for verification of dimensions is a non-delegable

duty and may not be delegated to subcontractors or agents.

(d) The mis-description of details of work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the

Project, or which are customarily performed, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from performing such

omitted or mis-described work, but they shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and described

in the Project.

(e) The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences,

and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished work

complies accurately with the Project requirements.

ARTICLE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS (IF APPLICABLE)

(a) CONTRACTOR agrees to bind every subcontractor by terms of the Project Documents as far as

such terms are applicable to subcontractor's work. If CONTRACTOR shall subcontract any part of the work,

CONTRACTOR shall be as fully responsible to DISTRICT for acts and omissions of any subcontractor and



of persons either directly or indirectly employed by any subcontractor, as it is for acts and omissions of

persons directly employed by CONTRACTOR. Nothing contained in Project Documents shall create any

contractual relation between any subcontractor and DISTRICT, nor shall the contract documents be construed

to be for the benefit of any subcontractor.

(b) DISTRICT’s consent to any subcontractor shall not in any way relieve CONTRACTOR of any

obligations under the Project Documents and no such consent shall be deemed to waive any provision of any

Project Document.

(c) In accordance with Business and Professions Code Section 7059, if CONTRACTOR is designated

as a "specialty contractor" (as defined in Section 7058 of the Public Contract Code), all of the work to be

performed outside of the CONTRACTOR’s license specialty shall be performed by a licensed subcontractor

in compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, Public Contract Code Section 4100,

et seq.

(d) Each subcontract shall contain a reference to the Agreement between the DISTRICT and the

CONTRACTOR and the terms of that Agreement and all parts of the Project Documents shall be made a part

of such subcontract insofar as applicable to the work covered thereby. Each subcontract will provide for

termination in accordance with these General Conditions. Each subcontract shall provide for its annulment

by the CONTRACTOR at the order of the DISTRICT if in the DISTRICT's opinion the subcontractor fails

to comply with the requirements of the Project Documents insofar as the same may be applicable to this

work. Nothing herein contained shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of any liability or obligation hereunder.

(e) A CONTRACTOR may not permit a subcontractor who is ineligible to work on, or be awarded, a

public works project pursuant to Section 1777.1 or 1777.7 of the Labor Code to be awarded, or perform work

as a subcontractor on a public works project.

ARTICLE 6. PROHIBITED INTERESTS

No official of DISTRICT who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of DISTRICT to negotiate, make,

accept, or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting or approving any architectural,

engineering, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with

construction of the Project, shall become directly or indirectly interested financially in this Project or in any

part thereof. No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for DISTRICT who is

authorized in such capacity and on behalf of DISTRICT to exercise any executive, supervisory or other

similar functions in connection with construction of Project shall become directly or indirectly interested

financially in this Project or in any part thereof. CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation and shall

repay DISTRICT for any compensation received by CONTRACTOR hereunder, should CONTRACTOR

aid, abet or knowingly participate in violation of this Article 6.

ARTICLE 7. DISTRICT'S INSPECTOR

(a) One or more Inspector(s), including special inspectors, as required, will be employed by DISTRICT

and will be assigned to the Project.

(b) No work shall be carried on except with the knowledge and under the inspection of said Inspector(s).

He/she shall have free access to any or all parts of work at any time. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Inspector

reasonable opportunities for obtaining such information as may be necessary to keep Inspector fully informed

respecting progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection of work shall not relieve

CONTRACTOR from any obligation to fulfill the Project requirements. Inspector shall have authority to

stop work whenever provisions of Project requirements are not being complied with and such noncompliance

is discovered. CONTRACTOR shall instruct its employees accordingly.

(d) CONTRACTOR understands and agrees that the Inspector for the Project may also serve

concurrently as inspector for other DISTRICT projects and may not therefore be available on site during the

entire work day. It shall be the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to notify the Inspector not less than twenty-

four (24) hours in advance of materials and equipment deliveries and required inspections.



ARTICLE 8. NOTICE OF TAXABLE POSSESSORY INTEREST

The terms of the Agreement may result in the creation of a possessory interest. If such a possessory interest

is vested in a private party to the Agreement, the private party may be subjected to the payment of property

taxes levied on such interest.

ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST ACTIONS

Public Contract Code Section 7103.5 provides:

In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services,

or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor

offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body (DISTRICT) all rights, title, and

interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton

Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing

with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code),

arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public

works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become

effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor,

without further acknowledgment by the parties.

CONTRACTOR, for itself and all subcontractors, agrees to assign to DISTRICT all rights, title, and interest

in and to all such causes of action CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors may have under the Agreement.

This assignment shall become effective at the time DISTRICT tenders final payment to the CONTRACTOR

and CONTRACTOR shall require assignments from all subcontractors to comply herewith.

ARTICLE 10. OTHER CONTRACTS (IF APPLICABLE)

(a) DISTRICT reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this work. CONTRACTOR

shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and

execution of their work and shall properly connect and coordinate its work with such other contractors.

(b) If any part of CONTRACTOR's work depends for proper execution or results upon work of any

other contractor, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to DISTRICT in writing any defects

in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR will be held

accountable for damages to DISTRICT for that work which it failed to inspect or should have inspected.

CONTRACTOR's failure to inspect and report shall constitute its acceptance of other contractor's work as fit

and proper for reception of its work, except as to defects which may develop in other contractors' work after

execution of CONTRACTOR's work.

(c) Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted as granting to CONTRACTOR exclusive occupancy

at site of Project. CONTRACTOR shall not cause any unnecessary hindrance or delay to any other contractor

working on Project. If simultaneous execution of any contract for Project is likely to cause interference with

performance of some other contract or contracts, DISTRICT shall decide which contractor shall cease work

temporarily and which contractor shall continue or whether work can be coordinated so that contractors may

proceed simultaneously.

ARTICLE 11. OCCUPANCY

DISTRICT reserves the right to occupy buildings and/or portions of the site at any time before completion,

and such occupancy shall not constitute final acceptance of any part of work covered by this Agreement, nor

shall such occupancy extend the date specified for completion of the work. Beneficial occupancy of

building(s) does not commence any warranty period nor shall it entitle CONTRACTOR to any additional

compensation due to such occupancy.

ARTICLE 12. DISTRICT’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT



(a) Termination for Cause. If the CONTRACTOR refuses or fails to complete the work or any

separable part thereof with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified or any

extension thereof, or fails to complete said work within such time, or if the CONTRACTOR should file a

petition for relief as a debtor, or should relief be ordered against CONTRACTOR as a debtor under Title 11

of the United States Code, or if CONTRACTOR should make a general assignment for the benefit of its

creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of its insolvency, or if it should refuse or should

fail to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper equipment, tools, and materials in the necessary

quantity and quality to complete the work in the time specified, or if CONTRACTOR should fail to make

prompt payment to subcontractors for materials or labor, or disregard laws or ordinances or instructions of

DISTRICT, or if CONTRACTOR or its subcontractors should otherwise be guilty of a violation of any

provision of this Agreement, then CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to be in default of the Agreement and

DISTRICT may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, serve written notice upon CONTRACTOR

and its surety of DISTRICT’s intention to terminate this Agreement, such notice to contain the reasons for

such intention to terminate, and unless within ten (10) calendar days after the service of such notice such

condition shall cease or such violation shall cease, or arrangements satisfactory to DISTRICT for the

correction thereof be made and corrective action commenced in a diligent and workmanlike manner and

pursued to satisfactory completion, this Agreement shall upon the expiration of said ten (10) calendar days,

cease and terminate. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be excluded from the worksite and not be entitled

to receive any further payment until work is finished to DISTRICT’s satisfaction.

(b) Time is of the essence in this Agreement. If the DISTRICT takes over the work as hereinabove

provided, the DISTRICT may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing the

work such materials, supplies, equipment and other property belonging to the CONTRACTOR as may be

on the site of the work and necessary therefore.

(c) The expense of finishing the work, including compensation for additional architectural, managerial,

and administrative services, shall be a charge against CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR agrees that the

charge may be deducted from any money due or becoming due to CONTRACTOR from DISTRICT or

CONTRACTOR shall pay the charge to the DISTRICT. The surety shall become liable for payment should

CONTRACTOR fail to pay in full any cost incurred by the DISTRICT.

(d) Nonappropriation of Funds/Insufficient Funds. In the event that sufficient funds are not

appropriated to complete the Project or the DISTRICT determines that sufficient funds are not available to

complete the Project, DISTRICT may terminate or suspend the completion of the Project at any time by

giving written notice to the CONTRACTOR. In the event that the DISTRICT exercises this option, the

DISTRICT shall pay for any and all work and materials completed or delivered onto the site, and the value

of any and all work then in progress and orders actually placed which cannot be canceled up to the date of

notice of termination. The value of work and materials paid for shall include a factor of fifteen percent (15%)

for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit and there shall be no other costs or expenses paid to

CONTRACTOR. All work, materials and orders paid for pursuant to this provision shall become the property

of the DISTRICT. DISTRICT may, without cause, order CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend, delay or

interrupt the Project in whole or in part for such period of time as DISTRICT may determine. Adjustment

shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Agreement caused by suspense, delay or

interruption.

(e) The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not a limitation of any other rights or remedies

available to the DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 13. BONDS

For Projects greater than $25,000 or unless otherwise specified in Special Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall

furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of contract price as security for

payment to persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with this Project. Bonds shall

be in the form set forth in these Project Documents.

ARTICLE 14. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES



(a) Pursuant to the requirements of Public Contract Code Section 22300, upon CONTRACTOR's

request, DISTRICT will make payment to CONTRACTOR of any earned retention funds withheld from

payments under this Agreement if CONTRACTOR deposits with the DISTRICT or in escrow with a

California or federally chartered bank acceptable to DISTRICT, securities eligible for the investment

pursuant to Government Code Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, upon the

following conditions:

(1) CONTRACTOR shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for retention

funds withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

(2) All expenses relating to the substitution of securities under said Section 22300 and under

this Article 15, including, but not limited to DISTRICT’s overhead and administrative expenses,

and expenses of escrow agent shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

(3) If CONTRACTOR shall choose to enter into an escrow agreement, such agreement shall

be in the form as set forth in Public Contract Code section 22300(f) attached hereto as part of the

Project Documents and which shall allow for the conversion to cash to provide funds to meet

defaults by the CONTRACTOR including, but not limited to, termination of the CONTRACTOR's

control over the work, stop notices filed pursuant to law, assessment of liquidated damages or

amount to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Project Documents.

(4) Securities, if any, shall be returned to CONTRACTOR only upon satisfactory completion

of the Agreement.

(b) To minimize the expense caused by such substitution of securities, CONTRACTOR shall, prior to

or at the time CONTRACTOR requests to substitute security, deposit sufficient security to cover the entire

amount to be then withheld and to be withheld under the General Conditions of this Agreement . Should the

value of such substituted security at any time fall below the amount for which it was substituted, or any other

amount which the DISTRICT determines to withhold, CONTRACTOR shall immediately, and at

CONTRACTOR's expense, deposit additional security qualifying under said Section 22300 until the total

security deposited is no less than equivalent to the amount subject to withholding under the Agreement.

(c) In the alternative, under Section 22300, CONTRACTOR, at its own expense, may request

DISTRICT to make payment of earned retention funds directly to the escrow agent. Also at the expense of

CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR may direct investment of the payments into securities, and

CONTRACTOR shall receive the interest earned on the investment upon the same conditions as shown in

paragraph (a) for securities deposited by CONTRACTOR. Upon satisfactory completion of the Agreement,

CONTRACTOR shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest and payments received by the

escrow agent from DISTRICT, pursuant to the terms of Section 22300.

(d) If any provision of this Article 15 shall be found to be illegal or unenforceable, then,

notwithstanding, this Article 15 shall remain in full force and effect, and such provision shall be deemed

stricken.

ARTICLE 15. FIRE INSURANCE

CONTRACTOR will procure at CONTRACTOR's own expense, and before commencement of any work

under this Agreement, fire insurance on the Project. Amount of fire insurance shall be sufficient to protect

against loss or damage in full until work is accepted by DISTRICT. CONTRACTOR shall submit proof of

insurance and shall provide endorsements on forms provided by the DISTRICT or on forms approved by the

DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 16. PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE

(a) CONTRACTOR shall take out and maintain during the life of this Agreement such public liability

and property damage insurance as shall protect CONTRACTOR and DISTRICT from all claims for personal

injury, including accidental death, to any person (including, as to DISTRICT, injury or death to



CONTRACTOR's or subcontractor's employees), as well as from all claims for property damage arising from

operations under this Agreement, in amounts as set forth in the Agreement.

(b) CONTRACTOR shall require its subcontractors, if any, to take out and maintain similar public

liability and property damage insurance in like amounts or insure the activities of its subcontractors in

CONTRACTOR’s own policy.

(c) CONTRACTOR, during the progress of the work and until final acceptance of the work by

DISTRICT upon completion of the entire Agreement, shall maintain Builder’s Risk/ “All Risk,” course-of-

construction insurance in an amount not less than as set forth in the Agreement. Coverage is to provide

extended coverage and insurance against vandalism, malicious mischief, perils of fire, sprinkler leakage, civil

authority, sonic boom, earthquake, collapse, flood, wind, lightning, smoke, riot, debris removal (including

demolition), and reasonable compensation for architect’s services and expenses required as a result of such

insured loss upon the entire work which is the subject of the Project Documents, including completed work,

work in progress to the full insurable amount thereof, and temporary field offices placed at the project site

by the Contractor or District Consultants in conjunction with the Project. The risk of damage to the work

due to the perils covered by the Builder’s Risk/“All Risk” Insurance, as well as any other hazards which

might result in damage to the work, is that of CONTRACTOR and the surety, and no claims for such loss or

damage shall be recognized by DISTRICT nor will such loss or damage excuse the complete and satisfactory

performance of the Agreement by CONTRACTOR.

(d) CONTRACTOR shall submit proof of insurance and shall provide endorsements on the forms

provided by the DISTRICT or on forms approved by the DISTRICT. Such insurance shall be issued by

admitted surety insurers under the same conditions as required for bonds on the Project.

ARTICLE 17. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE

(a) In accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, the CONTRACTOR and

every subcontractor shall be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees.

(b) The CONTRACTOR shall provide, during the life of the Agreement, workers' compensation

insurance for all of its employees engaged in work under this Agreement, on or at the site of the Project, and,

in case any of its work is sublet, the CONTRACTOR shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide

workers' compensation insurance for all the latter's employees. Any class of employee or employees not

covered by a subcontractor's insurance shall be covered by the CONTRACTOR's insurance. In case any

class of employees engaged in work under this Agreement, on or at the site of the Project, is not protected

under the workers' compensation statute, the CONTRACTOR shall provide or shall cause a subcontractor to

provide, adequate insurance coverage for the protection of such employees not otherwise protected before

subcontractor commences work. The CONTRACTOR shall file with the DISTRICT certificates of its

insurance protecting workers and a thirty (30) day notice shall be provided to DISTRICT before the

cancellation or reduction of any policy of CONTRACTOR or subcontractor. CONTRACTOR shall submit

proof of insurance and shall provide endorsements on the forms provided by the DISTRICT or on forms

approved by the DISTRICT. Such endorsements shall be submitted concurrently with the Project Documents.

ARTICLE 18. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE

(a) CONTRACTOR shall not commence work nor shall it allow any subcontractor to commence work

under this Agreement until all required insurance certificates and endorsements from admitted surety insurers

have been obtained and delivered in duplicate to and approved by DISTRICT. Such insurance shall be issued

by admitted surety insurers under the same conditions as required for bonds on the Project. CONTRACTOR

shall provide proof of insurance on DISTRICT approved forms without revisions.

(b) Certificates and insurance policies shall include the following:

(1) A clause stating:



"This policy shall not be canceled or reduced in required limits of liability or amount of

insurance until notice has been mailed to DISTRICT stating date of cancellation or reduction. Date

of cancellation or reduction may not be less than thirty (30) days after date of mailing notice."

(2) Language stating in particular those insured, extent of insurance, location and operation to

which insurance applies, expiration date, to whom cancellation and reduction notice will be sent,

and length of notice period.

(3) Statement that the DISTRICT is an additional insured under the policy described and that

such insurance policy shall be primary to any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the

DISTRICT.

(c) In case of CONTRACTOR's failure to provide insurance as required by the Agreement, the

DISTRICT may, at DISTRICT’s option, take out and maintain at the expense of the CONTRACTOR, such

insurance in the name of CONTRACTOR, or subcontractor, as the DISTRICT may deem proper and may

deduct the cost of taking out and maintaining such insurance from any sums which are due or to become due

to the CONTRACTOR under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 19. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS (IF APPLICABLE)

All plans, drawings, designs, specifications, and other incidental architectural and engineering work or

materials and other Project Documents and copies thereof furnished by DISTRICT are DISTRICT’s property.

They are not to be used in other work and are to be returned to DISTRICT on request at completion of work,

and may be used by DISTRICT as it may require, without any additional costs to DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 20. TRENCHES (IF APPLICABLE)

(a) CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method, for

the protection of life and limb in trenches and open excavation, which conform to applicable safety standards.

(b) If this Agreement involves the excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth,

and the Project cost is in excess of $25,000, the CONTRACTOR shall, in advance of excavation, submit to

the DISTRICT for acceptance or to whomever DISTRICT designates which may include a registered civil

or structural engineer employed by the DISTRICT to whom authority to accept has been delegated, a detailed

plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection

from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from

the Shoring System Standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial

Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by the

CONTRACTOR, and all costs therefore shall be included in the price named in the Agreement for completion

of the work as set forth in the Project Documents. In no case shall such plan be less effective than that

required by the Construction Safety Orders. No excavation of such trench or trenches shall be commenced

until said plan has been accepted by CAL-OSHA and a CAL-OSHA permit for such plan delivered to the

DISTRICT. Labor Code Section 6500 and 6705; Health and Safety Code Section 17922.5)

(c) If this Agreement involves the digging of trenches or excavations that extend deeper than four feet

below the surface, the following shall apply pursuant to Public Contract Code section 7104:

(1) The CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed,

notify the DISTRICT, in writing, of any:

(i) Material that the CONTRACTOR believes may be material that is hazardous

waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code that is required to be

removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of

existing law.

(ii) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site different from those indicated.



(iii) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different

materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work

of the character provided for in the contract.

(2) The DISTRICT shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions

do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the

CONTRACTOR’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue

a change order under the procedures described in the Project Documents.

(3) In the event a dispute arises between the DISTRICT and the CONTRACTOR, whether the

conditions materially differ or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the

CONTRACTOR’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, the

CONTRACTOR shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the

Project Documents, but shall proceed with all the work to be performed under the Project

Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by

law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.

ARTICLE 21. STATE AUDIT

Pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Government Code Section 8546.7, or any amendments

thereto, all books, records and files of the DISTRICT, the CONTRACTOR, or any subcontractor connected

with the performance of this Agreement involving the expenditure of public funds in excess of Ten Thousand

Dollars ($10,000.00), including, but not limited to, the costs of administration of the Agreement, shall be

subject to the examination and audit of the State Auditor at the request of the DISTRICT or as part of any

audit of the DISTRICT for a period of three (3) years after final payment is made under this Agreement .

ARTICLE 22. MATERIALS AND WORK

(a) Except as otherwise specifically stated in this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay

for all materials, supplies, tools, equipment, labor transportation, superintendence, temporary constructions

of every nature, and all other services and facilities of every nature whatsoever necessary to execute and

complete the Project within specified time.

(b) Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and the best of their respective kinds and

grades as noted or specified, and workmanship shall be of good quality.

(c) Materials shall be furnished in ample quantities and at such times as to insure uninterrupted progress

of work and shall be stored properly and protected as required. DISTRICT has no obligation to pay for any

prefabricated material stored offsite until delivered and installed to the jobsite and inspected and approved

by the inspector of record.

(d) CONTRACTOR shall place orders for materials and/or equipment as specified so that delivery of

same may be made without delays to the work. CONTRACTOR shall, upon demand from the DISTRICT,

furnish to the DISTRICT documentary evidence showing that orders have been placed.

(e) DISTRICT reserves the right, for any neglect in not complying with the above instructions, to place

orders for such materials and/or equipment as it may deem advisable in order that the work may be completed

at the date specified in the Agreement, and all expenses incidental to the procuring of said materials and/or

equipment shall be paid for by the CONTRACTOR.

(f) No materials, supplies, or equipment for work under this Agreement shall be purchased subject to

any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or in any

part thereof is retained by seller or supplier. CONTRACTOR warrants good title to all material, supplies,

and equipment installed or incorporated in work and agrees upon completion of all work to deliver premises,

together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by it, to DISTRICT free

from any claims, liens, or charges. CONTRACTOR further agrees that neither it nor any person, firm, or

corporation furnishing any materials or labor for any work covered by this Agreement shall have any right

to lien upon premises or any improvement or appurtenance thereon, except that CONTRACTOR may install



metering devices or other equipment of utility companies or of political subdivisions, title to which is

commonly retained by utility company or political subdivision. In the event of installation of any such

metering device or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall advise DISTRICT as to owner thereof.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article, however, shall defeat or impair the rights of persons furnishing

material or labor under any bond given by CONTRACTOR for their protection or any rights under any law

permitting such persons to look to funds due CONTRACTOR in hand of DISTRICT, and this provision shall

be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons

furnishing materials or labor when no formal contract is entered into for such materials or labor.

(h) The title to new materials and/or equipment and attendant liability for its protection and safety, shall

remain in the CONTRACTOR until incorporated in the work and accepted by the DISTRICT; no part of said

materials and/or equipment shall be removed from its place of onsite/offsite storage except for immediate

installation in the work; and CONTRACTOR shall keep an accurate inventory of all said materials and/or

equipment in a manner satisfactory to the DISTRICT or its authorized representative.

ARTICLE 23. INTEGRATION OF WORK

(a) CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, patching, and preparation of work as required to make

its several parts come together properly, and fit it to receive or be received by work of other contractors or

existing conditions.

(b) All costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.

(c) CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering work

and shall not cut or alter work of any other contractor without the written consent of the DISTRICT.

CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for protecting existing work on adjacent properties and shall

obtain all required permits for shoring and excavations near property lines.

(d) When modifying existing work or installing new work adjacent to existing work, CONTRACTOR

shall match, as closely as conditions of site and materials will allow, the finishes, textures, and colors of the

original work, refinishing existing work as required, at no additional cost to DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 24. OBTAINING OF PERMITS, LICENSES AND EASEMENTS (IF APPLICABLE)

(a) Permits, licenses, and certificates necessary for prosecution of work, shall be secured and paid for

by CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise specified. All such permits, licenses, and certificates shall be delivered

to the DISTRICT before demand is made for the certificate of final payment. CONTRACTOR shall, and

shall require subcontractors to, maintain contractors’ licenses in effect as required by law.

(b) Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and

paid for by DISTRICT, unless otherwise specified.

(c) Permits and charges for installation, and inspection thereof, of utility services by serving utilities

shall be secured and paid for by DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 25. EXISTING UTILITY LINES; REMOVAL, RESTORATION (IF APPLICABLE)

(a) Pursuant to Government Code Section 4215, the DISTRICT assumes the responsibility for removal,

relocation, and protection of utilities located on the construction site at the time of commencement of

construction under this Agreement with respect to any such utility facilities which are not identified in the

documents. The CONTRACTOR shall not be assessed for delay in completion of the Project caused by

failure of the DISTRICT to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities. If the CONTRACTOR,

while performing work under this Agreement, discovers utility facilities not identified by the DISTRICT,

CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the DISTRICT in writing. CONTRACTOR shall be compensated

according to the provisions governing changes in the work.

(b) Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to require the DISTRICT to indicate the presence of existing

service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the construction site can be



inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter junction boxes, on or adjacent

to the site of the construction.

(c) As part of the work to be performed, CONTRACTOR shall provide the notices and proceed in

accordance with Government Code Sections 4216.2, 4216.3 and 4216.4, and pay all fees charged pursuant

to Government Code Section 4216, et seq.

ARTICLE 26. WORK TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS

CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations applicable

to the work as indicated and specified.

ARTICLE 27. ACCESS TO WORK

DISTRICT and its representatives shall at all times have access to work wherever it is in preparation or

progress. CONTRACTOR shall provide safe and proper facilities for such access so that DISTRICT’s

representatives may perform their functions.

ARTICLE 28. PAYMENTS BY CONTRACTOR

CONTRACTOR shall pay:

(1) For all transportation and utility services not later than the 20th day of the calendar month

following that in which such services are rendered;

(2) For all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment to the extent of ninety percent

(90%) of cost thereof, not later than the 20th day of the calendar month following that in which such

materials, tools, and equipment are delivered at site of Project and balance of cost thereof not later

than the 30th day following completion of that part of work in or on which such materials, tools,

and equipment are incorporated or used; and

(3) To each of its subcontractors, not later than the 5th day following each payment to

CONTRACTOR the respective amounts allowed CONTRACTOR on account of work performed

by respective subcontractor to the extent of such subcontractor's interest therein.

(4) Within seven (7) days from the time that all or any portion of the retentions are received

by CONTRACTOR from DISTRICT, to each of its subcontractors from whom retention has been

withheld, each subcontractor’s share of the retention received. However, if a retention payment

received by CONTRACTOR is specifically designated for a particular subcontractor, payment of

the retention shall be made to the designated subcontractor, if the payment is consistent with the

terms of the subcontract. CONTRACTOR may withhold from a subcontractor its portion of the

retentions if a bona fide dispute exists between the subcontractor and the CONTRACTOR. The

amount withheld from the retention shall not exceed one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the

estimated value of the disputed amount.

ARTICLE 29. CLEANING UP

CONTRACTOR at all times shall keep work site free from debris such as waste, rubbish, and excess materials

and equipment caused by this work. CONTRACTOR shall not leave debris under, in, or about the work site

, but shall promptly remove same. Upon completion of work, CONTRACTOR shall clean interior and

exterior of building, including fixtures, equipment, walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, window sills and ledges,

horizontal projections, and any areas where debris has collected. CONTRACTOR shall clean and polish all

glass, plumbing fixtures, and finish hardware and similar finish surfaces and equipment and remove

temporary fencing, barricades, planking, sanitary facilities and similar temporary facilities from site. If

CONTRACTOR fails to clean up, the DISTRICT shall do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the

CONTRACTOR and deducted from any progress payment due.

ARTICLE 30. PATENTS, ROYALTIES, AND INDEMNITIES



The CONTRACTOR shall hold and save the DISTRICT and its governing board, officers, agents, and

employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expense, for or on account of any

patented or unpatented invention, process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of

this Agreement, including its use by the DISTRICT, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Project

Documents, and unless such liability arises from the sole negligence, or active negligence, or willful

misconduct of the DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 31. GUARANTEE

(a) CONTRACTOR warrants that the work (which includes any equipment furnished by

CONTRACTOR as part of the materials) shall: (a) be free from defects in workmanship and material; (b) be

free from defects in any design performed by CONTRACTOR; (c) be new, and conform and perform to the

requirements stated in the specifications and where detail requirements are not so stated, shall conform to

applicable industry standards; and (d) be suitable for the use stated in the specifications.

(b) The warranty period for discovery of defective work shall commence on the date of final payment

per DISTRICT accounting software and continue for the period set forth in the specifications or for one year

if not so specified. If, during the warranty period, the work is not available for use due to defective work,

such time of unavailability shall not be counted as part of the warranty period. The warranty period for

corrected defective work shall continue for a duration equivalent to the original warranty period.

(c) District shall give CONTRACTOR prompt written notice after discovery of any defective work.

CONTRACTOR shall correct any such defective work, as well as any damage to any other part of the work

resulting from such defective work, and provide repair, replacement, or reimbursement, at its sole expense,

in a manner approved by the DISTRICT and with due diligence and dispatch as required to make the work

ready for use by DISTRICT, ordinary wear and tear, unusual abuse or neglect excepted. Such corrections

shall include, but not be limited to, any necessary adjustments, modifications, changes of design (unless of

DISTRICT’s design), removal, repair, replacement or reinstallation, and shall include all necessary parts,

materials, tools, equipment, transportation charges and labor as may be necessary, and cost of removal and

replacement of work shall be performed at a time and in such a manner so as to minimize the disruption to

DISTRICT’s use of the work.

(d) In the event of failure of CONTRACTOR or Surety to commence and pursue with diligence said

repairs or replacements within ten (10) calendar days after being notified in writing, DISTRICT is hereby

authorized to proceed to have defects repaired or replaced and made good at expense of CONTRACTOR and

Surety who hereby agree to pay costs and charges therefore immediately on demand.

(e) If, in the opinion of the DISTRICT, defective work creates a dangerous condition or requires

immediate correction or attention to prevent further loss to the DISTRICT or to prevent interruption of

operations of the DISTRICT, the DISTRICT will attempt to give the written notice required by this Article.

If the CONTRACTOR or Surety cannot be contacted or neither complies with the DISTRICT’s requirements

for correction within a reasonable time as determined by the DISTRICT, the DISTRICT may,

notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, proceed to make such correction or provide such attention and

the costs of such correction or attention shall be charged against the CONTRACTOR and Surety. Such action

by the DISTRICT will not relieve the CONTRACTOR and Surety of the guarantees provided in this Article

or elsewhere in the Project Documents.

(f) This Article does not in any way limit the guarantees on any items for which a longer guarantee is

specified or on any items for which a manufacturer gives a guarantee for a longer period. CONTRACTOR

shall furnish to DISTRICT all appropriate guarantee or warranty certificates upon completion of the Project

or upon request by DISTRICT.

(g) All guarantees required under this Article shall be in writing on a Guarantee form previously

approved by the Director of Facilities.

(h) CONTRACTOR shall provide to DISTRICT instruction manuals for all items which require same.

(i) Nothing herein shall limit any other rights or remedies available to DISTRICT.



(j) The DISTRICT may collect its reasonable costs and attorneys' fees in any action to enforce this

Article.

ARTICLE 32. DUTY TO PROVIDE FIT WORKERS

(a) CONTRACTOR and subcontractors shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among

their employees and shall not employ on work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in work assigned to

such person. It shall be the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to ensure compliance with this Article.

(b) Any person in the employ of the CONTRACTOR or subcontractors whom DISTRICT may deem

incompetent, unfit, troublesome or otherwise undesirable shall be excluded from the work site and shall not

again be employed on it except with written consent of DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 33. WAGE RATES, TRAVEL AND SUBSISTENCE

(a) Pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 (commencing at Section 1770), Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2

of the Labor Code, the governing board of DISTRICT has obtained the general prevailing rate of per diem

wages and the general prevailing rate for holiday and overtime work in the locality in which this public work

is to be performed for each craft, classification or type of worker needed for this Project from the Director of

the Department of Industrial Relations ("Director.") These rates are on file with the Clerk of the DISTRICT’s

governing board and copies will be made available to any interested party on request. CONTRACTOR shall

post a copy of such wage rates at the work site. Labor Code Section 1773.2. The rates are available on the

Internet at www.dir.ca.gov “Statistics & Research.”

(b) Holiday and overtime work, when permitted by law, shall be paid for at a rate of at least one and

one-half times the above specified rate of per diem wages, unless otherwise specified. Holidays shall be

defined in the Collective Bargaining Agreement applicable to each particular craft, classification or type of

worker employed.

(c) CONTRACTOR shall pay and shall cause to be paid each worker engaged in work on the Project

not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages determined by the Director, regardless of any

contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor

and such workers.

(d) CONTRACTOR shall pay and shall cause to be paid to each worker needed to execute the work on

the Project travel and subsistence payments, as such travel and subsistence payments are defined in the

applicable collective bargaining agreements filed with the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance

with Labor Code Section 1773.8.

(e) If during the period this bid is required to remain open, the Director of Industrial Relations

determines that there has been a change in any prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which this

public work is to be performed, such change shall not alter the wage rates in the Notice Calling for Bids or

the contract subsequently awarded.

(f) Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1775, CONTRACTOR shall as a penalty to the DISTRICT, forfeit

fifty dollars ($50) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rate

of per diem wages, determined by the Director, for such craft or classification in which such worker is

employed for any public work done under the Agreement by CONTRACTOR or by any subcontractor under

it. The amount of the penalty shall be determined by the Labor Commission and shall be based on

consideration of the CONTRACTOR's mistake, inadvertence or neglect in failing to pay the correct

prevailing rate of per diem wage, or the previous record of the CONTRACTOR in meeting his or her

prevailing rate of per diem wage obligations, or the CONTRACTOR's willful failure to pay the correct

prevailing rate of per diem wages. A mistake, inadvertence or neglect in failing to pay the correct prevailing

rate of per diem wage is not excusable if the CONTRACTOR had knowledge of his or her obligations under

this part. The difference between such prevailing rate of per diem wage and the amount paid to each worker

for each calendar day or portion thereof for which each worker was paid less than the prevailing rate of per

diem wage shall be paid to each worker by the CONTRACTOR.

http://www.dir.ca.gov/



(g) Any worker employed to perform work on the Project, which work is not covered by any craft or

classification listed in the general prevailing rate of per diem wages determined by the Director shall be paid

not less than the minimum rate of wages specified therein for the craft or classification which most nearly

corresponds to work to be performed by them, and such minimum wage rate shall be retroactive to time of

initial employment of such person in such craft or classification.

(h) Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.1, per diem wages are deemed to include employer payments

for health and welfare, pension, vacation, travel time, and subsistence pay as provided for in Labor Code

Section 1773.8.

(i) CONTRACTOR shall post at appropriate conspicuous points on the site of the Project, a schedule

showing all determined minimum wage rates and all authorized deductions, if any, from unpaid wages

actually earned.

ARTICLE 34. HOURS OF WORK

(a) As provided in Article 3, (commencing at Section 1810), Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the Labor

Code, eight (8) hours of labor shall constitute a legal day's work. The time of service of any worker employed

at any time by the CONTRACTOR or by any subcontractor on any subcontract under this Agreement upon

the work or upon any part of the work contemplated by this Agreement shall be limited and restricted by the

Agreement to eight (8) hours per day, and forty (40) hours during any one week, except as hereinafter

provided. Notwithstanding the provisions hereinabove set forth, work performed by employees of

CONTRACTOR in excess of eight (8) hours per day and forty (40) hours during any one week, shall be

permitted upon this public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day

at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay.

(b) The CONTRACTOR shall keep and shall cause each subcontractor to keep an accurate record

showing the name of and actual hours worked each calendar day and each calendar week by each worker

employed by CONTRACTOR in connection with the work or any part of the work contemplated by this

Agreement. The record shall be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the DISTRICT and to

the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, Department of Industrial Relations.

(c) Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1813, the CONTRACTOR shall pay to the DISTRICT a penalty of

Twenty-Five Dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of this Contract by the

CONTRACTOR or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or

permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week

in violation of the provisions of Article 3 (commencing at Section 1810), Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the

Labor Code.

(d) Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, or on Sundays or other holidays

shall be performed without additional expense to DISTRICT.

(e) Limit construction to the permissible hours set forth in the local noise ordinances.

ARTICLE 35. PAYROLL RECORDS

(a) Pursuant to the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, the CONTRACTOR shall keep and shall

cause each subcontractor performing any portion of the work under this Agreement to keep an accurate

payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and

overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman,

apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by CONTRACTOR in connection with the work.

(b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for

inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the CONTRACTOR on the following basis:

(1) A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or

furnished to the employee or his or her authorized representative on request.



(2) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made

available for inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the DISTRICT, the Division

of Labor Standards Enforcement, and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the Department

of Industrial Relations.

(3) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made

available for inspection upon request by the public or copies thereof made; provided, however, that

a request by the public shall be made through either the District, the Division of Apprenticeship

Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If the requested payroll records have

not been provided pursuant to paragraph (2), the requesting party shall, prior to being provided the

records, reimburse the costs of preparation by the CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, and the entity

through which the request was made. The public shall not be given access to the records at the

principal office of the CONTRACTOR.

(4) The form of certification shall be as follows:

I, (Name-print), the undersigned, am (position in

business) with the authority to act for and on behalf of

___________________________________________ (Name of business and/or CONTRACTOR),

certify under penalty of perjury that the records or copies thereof submitted and consisting of

_________________________________________

(description, number of pages) are the originals or true, full and correct copies of the originals which

depict the payroll record(s) of the actual disbursements by way of cash, check, or whatever form to

the individual or individuals named.

Dated: Signature:

(c) Contractor shall file a certified copy of the payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) with the

entity that requested the records within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request. In the event that the

CONTRACTOR fails to comply within the 10-day period, the CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to the

DISTRICT, forfeit Twenty-Five Dollars ($25) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker,

until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the

Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then

due.

(d) Any copy of payroll records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to

the public by the DISTRICT, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards

Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated in such a manner as to prevent disclosure of an individual's name,

address, and social security number. The name and address of the CONTRACTOR shall not be marked or

obliterated.

(e) The CONTRACTOR shall inform the DISTRICT of the location of the payroll records enumerated

under subdivision (a), including the street address, city and county, and shall, within five (5) working days,

provide a written notice of a change of location and address.

(f) It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to ensure compliance with the provisions of this

Article 50 and the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776.

ARTICLE 36. APPRENTICES

(a) The CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that, if this Agreement involves a dollar amount

greater than or a number of working days greater than that specified in Labor Code Section 1777.5, this

Agreement is governed by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1777.5. It shall be the responsibility of the

CONTRACTOR to ensure compliance with this Article 51 and with Labor Code Section 1777.5 for all

apprenticing occupations.



(b) Apprentices of any crafts or trades may be employed and, when required by Labor Code Section

1777.5, shall be employed provided they are properly registered in full compliance with the provisions of the

Labor Code.

(c) Every such apprentice shall be paid the standard wage paid to apprentices under the regulations of

the craft or trade at which he or she is employed, and shall be employed only at the work of the craft or trade

to which he or she is registered.

(d) Only apprentices, as defined in Section 3077, who are in training under apprenticeship standards

and written apprentice agreements under Chapter 4 (commencing at Section 3070), Division 3 of the Labor

Code, are eligible to be employed on public works. The employment and training of each apprenticeship

shall be in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship standards and apprentice agreements under

which he or she is training.

(e) Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.5, the CONTRACTOR and any subcontractors employing

workers in any apprenticeship craft or trade in performing any work under this Agreement shall employ

apprentices in at least the ratio set forth in Section 1777.5 and apply to the applicable joint apprenticeship

committee for a certificate approving the CONTRACTOR or subcontractor under the applicable

apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of apprentices.

(f) Every contractor and subcontractor shall submit contract award information to the applicable joint

apprenticeship committee which shall include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the

Agreement, the number of apprentices to be employed and the approximate dates the apprentices will be

employed.

(g) If the CONTRACTOR or subcontractor willfully fails to comply with Labor Code Section 1777.5,

then, upon a determination of noncompliance by the Chief of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, the

CONTRACTOR or subcontractor shall be subject to the penalties imposed under Labor Code Section 1777.7.

Interpretation and enforcement of these provisions shall be in accordance with the rules and procedures of

the California Apprenticeship Council.

(h) The CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall comply with Labor Code Section 1777.6, which

section forbids certain discriminatory practices in the employment of apprentices.

(i) CONTRACTOR shall become fully acquainted with the law regarding apprentices prior to

commencement of the work. Special attention is directed to Sections 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7 of the Labor

Code, and Title 8, California Code of Regulations, Section 200, et seq. Questions may be directed to the

State Division of Apprenticeship Standards, 455 Golden Gate Avenue, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California

94102, (415) 703-4920.

ARTICLE 37. LABOR - FIRST AID

The CONTRACTOR shall maintain emergency first aid treatment for CONTRACTOR's workers on the

Project which complies with the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C.A., Sec. 651,

et seq.).

ARTICLE 38. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

(a) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damages to persons or property that occur as a

result of its fault or negligence in connection with the prosecution of this Agreement and shall take all

necessary measures and be responsible for the proper care and protection of all materials delivered and work

performed until completion and final acceptance by the DISTRICT. CONTRACTOR shall provide such

heat, covering, and enclosures as are necessary to protect all work, materials, equipment, appliances, and

tools against damage by weather conditions. All work shall be solely at the CONTRACTOR's risk with the

exception of damage to the work caused by "acts of God" as defined in Public Contract Code Section 7105.

(b) CONTRACTOR shall take, and require subcontractors to take, all necessary precautions for safety

of workers and shall comply with all applicable federal, state, local and other safety laws, standards, orders,

rules, regulations, and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the



work site and to provide a safe and healthful place of employment. CONTRACTOR shall furnish, erect and

properly maintain at all times, as directed by DISTRICT or required by conditions and progress of work, all

necessary safety devices, safeguards, construction canopies, signs audible devices for protection of the blind,

safety rails, belts and nets, barriers, lights, and watchmen for protection of workers and the public and shall

post danger signs warning against hazards created by such features in the course of construction.

CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible employee, whose duty shall be to post information regarding

protection and obligations of workers and other notices required under occupational safety and health laws,

to comply with reporting and other occupational safety requirements, and to protect the life, safety and health

of workers. Name and position of person so designated shall be reported in writing to DISTRICT by

CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall correct any violations of safety laws, standards, orders, rules, or

regulations. Upon the issuance of a citation or notice of violation by the Division of Occupational Safety

and Health, such violation shall be corrected immediately by the CONTRACTOR at CONTRACTOR's

expense.

(c) In an emergency affecting safety of person or of work or of adjoining property, CONTRACTOR,

without special instruction or authorization from DISTRICT, is hereby permitted to act, at its discretion, to

prevent such threatened loss or injury; and CONTRACTOR shall so act if so authorized or instructed by

DISTRICT. Any compensation claimed by CONTRACTOR on account of emergency work shall be

determined by written agreement with the DISTRICT.

(d) CONTRACTOR shall take adequate precautions to protect existing roads, sidewalks, curbs,

pavements, utilities, adjoining property and structures (including, without limitation, protection from

settlement or loss of lateral support), and to avoid damage thereto, and repair any damage thereto caused by

construction operations.

(e) CONTRACTOR shall (unless waived by the DISTRICT in writing):

(1) When performing new construction on existing sites, become informed and take into

specific account the maturity of the students on the site; perform work which may interfere with

school routine before or after school hours; enclose working area with a substantial barricade; not

allow any unauthorized individuals on the site; require all workers on the Project to be conspicuously

identified either by a firm logo on their clothing or prominent identification badge and arrange work

to cause a minimum amount of inconvenience and danger to students and faculty in their regular

school activities.

(2) Provide substantial barricades around any shrubs or trees indicated to be preserved.

(3) Deliver materials to building area over route designated by DISTRICT.

(4) When directed by DISTRICT, take preventive measures to eliminate objectionable dust.

(5) Enforce all instructions of DISTRICT regarding signs, advertising, fires, and smoking and

require that all workers comply with all regulations while on construction site.

(6) Take care to prevent disturbing or covering any survey markers, monuments, or other

devices marking property boundaries or corners. If such markers are disturbed by accident, they

shall be replaced by an approved civil engineer at no cost to the DISTRICT.

ARTICLE 39. NON-DISCRIMINATION

In the performance of the terms of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not engage in nor

permit such subcontractor as it may employ to engage in unlawful discrimination in employment of persons

because of the race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition,

marital status, age or sex of such persons.

ARTICLE 40. CONTRACTOR CLAIMS

If the CONTRACTOR shall claim compensation for any damage sustained by reason of the acts of the

DISTRICT or its agents, CONTRACTOR shall, within five (5) calendar days after sustaining of such



damage, make to the DISTRICT a written statement of the damage sustained. On or before the 15th day of

the month succeeding that in which such damage shall have been sustained the CONTRACTOR shall file

with the DISTRICT an itemized statement of the details and amount of such damage, and unless such

statement shall be made as thus required, CONTRACTOR's claims for compensation shall be forfeited and

invalidated and it shall not be entitled to consideration for payment on account of any such damage.

ARTICLE 41. DISPUTES DECISIONS

(a) The DISTRICT shall, within a reasonable time, make decisions on all matters relating to the

CONTRACTOR’s execution and progress of the work.

(b) Except for tort claims, all claims by the CONTRACTOR for a time extension, payment of money

or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the CONTRACTOR pursuant to the Agreement and

payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or as

to the amount of payment which is disputed by the DISTRICT of Three Hundred Seventy Five Thousand

Dollars ($375,000) or less shall be subject to the settlement procedures set forth in Public Contract Code

Section 20104, et seq. which provisions are incorporated herein by reference.

(c) In the event of a dispute between the parties as to performance of the work, the interpretation of this

Agreement or payment or nonpayment for work performed or not performed, the parties shall attempt to

resolve the dispute. Pending resolution of the dispute, CONTRACTOR agrees to continue the work diligently

to completion. If the dispute is not resolved, CONTRACTOR agrees it will neither rescind the Agreement

nor stop the progress of the work, but CONTRACTOR's sole remedy shall be to submit such controversy to

determination by a court of the State of California, in Orange County, having competent jurisdiction of the

dispute, after the Project has been completed, and not before.

ARTICLE 42. PAYMENTS

(a) Unless otherwise specified in writing, each month within thirty (30) days after receipt by the

DISTRICT of an undisputed, properly submitted payment request from CONTRACTOR, there shall be paid

to CONTRACTOR a sum equal to ninety five percent (95%) of value of work performed and of materials

delivered to the jobsite and inspected and approved by the inspector of record and subject to or under the

control of the DISTRICT and unused up to the last day of the previous month, less aggregate previous

payments. Public Contract Code Section 20104.50. Monthly payments shall be made only on the basis of

monthly estimates which shall be prepared by CONTRACTOR on a form approved by DISTRICT and filed

before the fifth day of the month during which payment is to be made. Work completed as estimated shall

be an estimate only and no inaccuracy or error in said estimate shall operate to release CONTRACTOR or

Surety from any damages arising from such work or from enforcing each and every provision of this

Agreement, and DISTRICT shall have the right subsequently to correct any error made in any estimate for

payment. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to have any payment estimates processed or be entitled to

have any payment for work performed so long as any lawful or proper direction concerning work, or any

portion thereof, given by the DISTRICT shall remain uncomplied with by the CONTRACTOR.

CONTRACTOR agrees to the five percent retention on all progress payments for construction projects which

exceed in cost a total of five thousand dollars. Public Contract Code Section 9203.

(b) DISTRICT has discretion to require from the CONTRACTOR any of the following information

with the application for payment: (i) certified payroll covering the period of the prior application for payment;

(ii) unconditional waivers and releases from all subcontractors/suppliers for which payment was requested

under the prior application for payment; and/or (iii) receipts or bills of sale for any items. CONTRACTOR

agrees that payment may be contingent upon District receiving any one or more of these documents.

(c) Upon receipt of CONTRACTOR’s payment request, DISTRICT shall review the payment request

as soon as practicable after receipt for the purpose of determining that the payment request is proper. Any

payment request determined not to be proper shall be returned to the CONTRACTOR as soon as practicable

but not later than seven (7) days after receipt and shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing

the reasons(s) why the payment request was not proper. Public Contract Code Section 20104.50



(d) No payment by DISTRICT hereunder shall be interpreted so as to imply that DISTRICT has

inspected, approved, or accepted any part of the work.

(e) Unless otherwise provided, on or before making request for final payment of the undisputed amount

due under the Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall submit to DISTRICT, in writing a summary of all claims

for compensation under or arising out of this Agreement which were timely filed. The acceptance by

CONTRACTOR of the payment of the final amount shall constitute a waiver of all claims against DISTRICT

under or arising out of this Agreement, except those previously made, in a timely manner and in writing, and

identified by CONTRACTOR as unsettled at the time of CONTRACTOR's final request for payment.

(f) CONTRACTOR shall pay each of its subcontractors from whom retention has been withheld each

subcontractor’s share of the retention received within seven (7) days from the time that all or any portion of

the retention are received by the CONTRACTOR subject to any limitations set forth in Public Contract Code

Section 7107(e).

(g) The final payment of the five percent (5%) retention of the value of the work done under this

Agreement, if unencumbered, shall be made within 60 days after the date of project completion. Public

Contract Code Section 7107. Completion of the Project will be considered effective ten days prior to the date

final payment (less retention if applicable) is recorded in the DISTRICT’s accounting software and records.

ARTICLE 43. CHANGES AND EXTRA WORK

(a) DISTRICT may, as provided by law and without affecting the validity of this Agreement, order

changes, modifications, deletions and extra work by issuance of written change orders from time to time

during the progress of the Project, contract sum being adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be executed

under conditions of the original Agreement except that any extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted

at time of ordering such change. DISTRICT has discretion to order changes on a “time and material” basis

with adjustments to time made after CONTRACTOR has justified through documentation the impact on the

critical path of the Project.

(f) If the CONTRACTOR should claim that any instruction, request, drawing, specification, action,

condition, omission, default, or other situation obligates the DISTRICT to pay additional compensation to

CONTRACTOR or to grant an extension of time, or constitutes a waiver of any provision in the Agreement,

CONTRACTOR shall notify the DISTRICT, in writing, of such claim within five (5) calendar days from the

date CONTRACTOR has actual or constructive notice of the factual basis supporting the claim. The notice

shall state the factual bases for the claim and cite in detail the Project Documents (including plans and

specifications) upon which the claim is based. The CONTRACTOR's failure to notify the DISTRICT within

such five (5) day period shall be deemed a waiver and relinquishment of such a claim. If such notice be given

within the specified time, the procedure for its consideration shall be as stated above in these General

Conditions.

(g) “Prohibited usage of CONTRACTOR qualifying language stamps on DISTRICT drawings or

contract forms”. Contractor shall not countersign or endorse any form, drawing, change order, contract or

other documents with any conditions not mutually agreed to in advance by the DISTRICT and the

CONTRACTOR. Endorsement of a contract, change order, specification, drawing or form with the

following: “This change order is being executed without waiver of the right to seek additional compensation

for such services,” shall be of no legal force or effect.

ARTICLE 44. ADJUSTMENTS TO CONTRACT PRICE

(a) If CONTRACTOR defaults or neglects to carry out the work in accordance with the Project

Documents or fails to perform any provision thereof, DISTRICT may, after ten (10) days written notice to

the CONTRACTOR and without prejudice to any other remedy it may have, make good such deficiencies.

(b) The DISTRICT shall adjust the total contract price by reducing the amount thereof by the cost of

making good such deficiencies. If DISTRICT deems it inexpedient to correct work not done in accordance

with the Project Documents, an equitable reduction in the contract price shall be made therefore.



ARTICLE 45. TAXES

(a) CONTRACTOR will pay all applicable federal, state and local taxes on all materials, labor, or

services furnished by it, and all taxes arising out of its operations under the Project Documents.

(b) If under federal excise tax law any transaction hereunder constitutes a sale on which a federal excise

tax is imposed and the sale is exempt from such excise tax because it is a sale to a state or local government

for its exclusive use, the DISTRICT, upon request, will execute documents necessary to show (1) that the

DISTRICT is a political subdivision of the State for the purposes of such exemption and (2) that the sale is

for the exclusive use of the DISTRICT. No excise tax for such materials shall be included in any bid price.

ARTICLE 46. NO ASSIGNMENT

The CONTRACTOR shall not assign, transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or of

its rights, title or interest in or to the same or any part thereof. If the CONTRACTOR shall assign, transfer,

convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of the Agreement or its right, title or interest therein, or any part thereof,

such attempted or purported assignment, transfer, conveyance, sublease or other disposition shall be null,

void and of no legal effect whatsoever; and the Agreement may, at the option of the DISTRICT, be

terminated, revoked and annulled, and the DISTRICT shall thereupon be relieved and discharged from any

and all liability and obligations growing out of the same to the CONTRACTOR, and to its purported assignee

or transferee.

ARTICLE 47. NOTICE

Any notice from one party to the other or otherwise under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be

dated and signed by party giving such notice or by a duly authorized representative of such party. Any such

notice shall not be effective for any purpose whatsoever unless served in one of the following manners:

(1) If notice is given to DISTRICT, by personal delivery thereof to DISTRICT, or by

depositing same in United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to DISTRICT, and

sent by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid;

(2) If notice is given to CONTRACTOR, by personal delivery thereof to said CONTRACTOR,

or to CONTRACTOR's superintendent at site of Project, or by depositing same in United States

mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to said CONTRACTOR at its regular place of

business or at such address as may have been established for the conduct of work under this

Agreement, and sent by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid;

(3) If notice is given to surety or other persons, by personal delivery to such surety or other

person, or by depositing same in United States mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed to

such surety or person at the address of such surety or person last communicated by surety or other

person to party giving notice, and sent by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid.

ARTICLE 48. NO WAIVER

The failure of the DISTRICT in any one or more instances to insist upon strict performance of any of the

terms of this Agreement or to exercise any option herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver or

relinquishment to any extent of the right to assert or rely upon any such terms or option on any future

occasion.

ARTICLE 49. NON-UTILIZATION OF ASBESTOS MATERIAL

(a) The CONTRACTOR will be required to execute and submit the Certificate Regarding Non-

Asbestos Containing Materials.

(b) Should asbestos containing materials be installed by the CONTRACTOR in violation of this

certification, or if removal of asbestos containing materials is part of the Project, decontaminations and

removals will meet the following criteria:



(1) Decontamination and removal of work found to contain asbestos or work installed with

asbestos containing equipment shall be done only under the supervision of a qualified consultant,

knowledgeable in the field of asbestos abatement and accredited by the Environmental Protection

Agency (EPA).

(2) The asbestos removal contractor shall be an EPA accredited contractor qualified in the

removal of asbestos and shall be chosen and approved by the asbestos consultant who shall have

sole discretion and final determination in this matter.

(3) The asbestos consultant shall be chosen and approved by the DISTRICT who shall have

sole discretion and final determination in this matter.

(4) The work will not be accepted until asbestos contamination is reduced to levels deemed

acceptable by the asbestos consultant.

(c) Cost of all asbestos removal, including, but not necessarily limited to the cost of the asbestos

removal contractor, the cost of the asbestos consultant, analytical and laboratory fees, time delays and

additional costs as may be incurred by the DISTRICT shall be borne entirely by the CONTRACTOR.

(d) Hold Harmless: Interface of work for the Project with work containing asbestos shall be executed

by the CONTRACTOR at his/her risk and at his/her discretion with full knowledge of the currently accepted

standards, hazards, risks and liabilities associated with asbestos work and asbestos containing products. By

execution of the Agreement, the CONTRACTOR acknowledges the above and agrees to hold harmless the

DISTRICT, its Governing Board, employees, agents, and assigns for all asbestos liability which may be

associated with this work. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to instruct his/her employees with respect to

the above mentioned standards, hazards, risks and liabilities.

ARTICLE 50. LEAD

Pursuant to the Lead-Safe Schools Protection Act (Education Code Sections 32240, et seq.) and other

applicable law, the CONTRACTOR shall not use lead-based paint, lead plumbing and solders, or other

potential sources of lead contamination in the construction of any new school facility or the modernization

or renovation of any existing school facility.

ARTICLE 51. GOVERNING LAW

The laws of the State of California shall govern the Project and the Agreement.

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements

SECTION 27 00 00

Structured Cabling System (SCS) PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The work under this section includes all design, material, equipment, supplies, labor, testing, and accessories required to furnish and install a complete Structured Cabling System (SCS) as specified herein. The SCS shall be defined as all cables, equipment, products, etc, as mentioned in these specifications. (Please note, for this project, that the SCS encompasses more than just voice and data cabling.)

B. It is the intent of the Design-Build Specifications for the Vendor to design, provide and install a complete, fully operational, and tested system.

C. All miscellaneous system components including, but not limited to, cables, termination equipment, punch blocks, patch panels, ladder racks, backboards, equipment racks, J-hooks, support, seismic bracing as required and any other related items shall be furnished and installed complete under this section, such that the system shall perform all functions listed herein in compliance with all of the specified requirements.

D. Schedule is paramount to the project’s success. With this, the structured cabling contractor will have to continually work with the team to facilitate expeditious design, procurement, and construction processes.

E. Provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment, including but not limited to

the following:

1.02 RELATED WORK, STANDARDS, DOCUMENTS AND PUBLICATIONS

A. Each agency's relative codes, standards, and recommended practices apply to the voice / data cabling systems and their components as specified herein:

1. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI)

a. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) – latest edition.

b. Customer – Owned Outside Plant Design Manual (CO-OSP) latest

edition. 2. Comite Consultatif Internationale de Telegraphique et Telephonique

(CCITT)

Page 1 of 44


3. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) and American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

a. TIA-526-7 (OFSTP-7)-2002+A1:2008, Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable Plant.

b. TIA-526-14-B-2010 (OFSTP-14), Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant; IEC 61280-4-1 Edition 2, Fiber-Optic Communications Subsystem Test Procedure- Part 4-1: Installed Cable Plant- Multimode Attenuation Measurement.

c. ANSI/TIA-568-C.0–2009+A1:2010+A2:2012, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises.

d. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1–2009+A1:2012, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard.

e. ANSI/TIA-568-C.2–2009+A1:2010, Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard.

f. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3–2009+A1:2011, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard.

g. ANSI/TIA-568-C.4–2011, Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard.

h. ANSI/TIA-569-C–2012, Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces.

i. ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-C–2005, Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding j. ANSI/TIA-606-B-2012, Administration Standard for Commercial

Telecommunications Infrastructure. k. ANSI/TIA-607-B-2011, Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing)

and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. l. ANSI/TIA-758-B–2012, Customer-Owned Outside Plant

Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard. m. ANSI/TIA-862-A–2011, Building Automation Systems Cabling

Standard. n. ANSI/TIA-942-A-2012, Telecommunications Infrastructure

Standard for Data Centers. o. ANSI/TIA-1005-A–2012, Telecommunications Infrastructure

Standard for Industrial Premises p. ANSI/TIA-1152–2009, Requirements for Field Test Instruments

and Measurements for Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling.

5. Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

a. FCC Part 68 – Connection of Terminal Equipment to the Telephone Network

6. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. E84 - 2010 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning

Characteristics of Building Materials

Page 2 of 44


7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)

a. Communications Wire and Cable for Premises Wiring. 8. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) a. IEC 61935.1- 2006 Generic Cabling Systems - Specification for the

testing of balanced communication cabling in accordance with ISO/IEC 11801 Installed Wiring.

b. IEC 61935.2 - 2006 Generic Cabling Systems - Specification for the

testing of balanced communication cabling in accordance with ISO/IEC 11801 Patch Cords and Work Area Cords.

9. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

a. IEEE 802 Specification for Local Area Networks b. IEEE C2-2012 – National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)

10. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) a. ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2:2010 Information Technology – Generic

Cabling for Customer Premises 11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

a. NFPA-70 National Electric Code 2011 (NEC) b. NFPA-75 Standard for the protection of information technology

equipment 2009

12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 13. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 14. Underwriters Laboratories Standards (UL)

15. Intetek Testing Services ETL SEMKO (ETL)

16. National Electrical Code (NEC)

D. The Vendor shall be responsible for obtaining and utilizing the latest Structured Cabling, Architectural, and Electrical plans.

1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer: The term “manufacturer” shall be defined as the company, or group

of companies, that actually produces the products meeting the requirements of Section 2 of this document. The manufacturer shall have a minimum of seven- (7)

Page 3 of 44


year’s experience in manufacturing products of this type and shall be ISO 9001 Certified. The products, summarized in this specification, shall be supplied by a single manufacturer, with the exception of:

1. Data racks and other hardware that is not defined as part of the channel

test configuration by ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C. 2. Fiber Optic Cable and Outside plant (OSP) fiber cable. 3. Channel solutions consisting of cabling and connectivity hardware

independently tested by UL or ETL and that are listed in Section 2 of this document.

B. Vendor: The term “Vendor” shall be defined as the company, or group of

companies, that designs and installs the products per Section 3 of this document. The Vendor selected to provide the installation of this system shall be certified by the manufacturer in all aspects of design, installation and testing of the products described herein.

1. The installing contractor shall hold a valid State of California C-7 Low-

Voltage license, shall have completed at least ten (10) projects of equal scope, shall have been in business of furnishing and installing systems of this scope and magnitude for at least five (5) years, and capable of being bonded to assure the District’s Representative of performance and satisfactory service during the guarantee period.

2. The installing contractor shall hold all other licenses required by the legally

constituted authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 3. All work shall be performed under the supervision of a company accredited

by the manufacturer and such accreditation must be presented. 4. The installing contractor shall be a manufacturer’s authorized/certified

installer of the specific product and warranty station for the equipment offered and shall maintain a fully equipped service organization capable of furnishing adequate repair service to the equipment through the warranty period. The Contractor must be certified by the manufacturer a minimum of 180 days prior to bid opening.

5. The Vendor selected for this Project must adhere to the engineering,

installation and testing procedures and utilize the authorized manufacturer components and distribution channels in provisioning this Project.

6. The installing contractor shall own and maintain tools and equipment

necessary for successful installation and testing of all installed material and/or equipment to include but shall not be limited to; fiber optic cable and Category 6e metallic premise distribution systems and have personnel who are adequately trained in the use of such tools and equipment.

Page 4 of 44


7. The Vendor shall have the capability to produce the AutoCAD, BIM, and PDF documentation as required elsewhere in this specification and to produce final as-build drawings in AutoCAD, BIM and PDF as required.

1.05 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT

A. Submittals shall be presented and formatted per the guidelines in the Division 1 section of this RFP package.

B. All cut sheets shall represent the latest version, part number, and revision of the

product. Where multiple products or part numbers appear on a page, a bold arrow or circle shall indicate which product or part numbers are to be used as part of the installation. The submittal shall include all descriptive pages associated with the product, not just the page showing the part number.

1.07 PRE INSTALLATION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Per the schedule as agreed to between the District and the Vendor, the Vendor shall submit the following: A. Submittal Binder: Submit eight (8) copies and one (1) PDF of the complete

Submittal Binder to the District for review. The binder shall consist of an index page and four major sections with each section separated by index tabs. Each page in the binder shall be numbered sequentially and shall be summarized in the index.

1. The first section shall be the "title sheet" which shall include the submittal

date, project title and address, name of the contractor, and name of the District.

2. The second section shall contain an index including the page number,

product Manufacturer, product part number, product description, and corresponding specification section number or drawing sheet number where that product is referenced. Also listed in the index shall be each item of test equipment to be used to test the optical fiber and copper components. Include all patch cords and other specialized components.

3. The third section shall contain original manufacturer cut sheets for all of the

materials that meet the requirements listed in Section 2 of this specification and all materials described on the construction drawings. Also include manufacturer’s cut sheets for all testing equipment to be used for completion of the project. All pages shall be numbered sequentially corresponding to the index. On each cut-sheet, provide an indicating arrow next to each part number of proposed material.

4. The fourth section shall contain a Cabling System Construction Documents

and plans. These documents and plans shall be based on the drawings provided by the Vendor. They shall show quantities and part numbers for all components including patch panels, cables, conduit, cabinets and equipment racks, WiFi locations, all data outlets, BDF/MDF/IDF locations,

Page 5 of 44


card reader locations, clock locations, splices, splice cases and all other associated components. Documents shall include a specification section, overall floorplans, enlarged floorplans of MDF/BDF/IDF rooms, MDF/BDF/IDF rack and applicable wallfield elevations, outlet faceplate details of all outlet varieties, and any documentation required for obtaining required permits.

B. Component Samples and Mock-ups

Provide one full size installation sample mock-up of each of the following components for approval. All samples are to be fully labeled per these specifications.

1. Optical Fiber Cable Samples: Provide a 24” length of each type of optical

fiber cable being used as a part of this installation; each sample shall be complete with strength members, outer jacket and all elements. The outer jacket shall be stripped back 12" from one end of the sample to allow the individual fiber sub-cable groups to be inspected for all cables. Each color-coded sub-cable jacket shall be stripped back 6" from the end of the cable to allow its individual elements to be inspected. Label each cable as detailed in this specification. The sample shall show all the cable markings, including part numbers, manufacturer, and lengths.

2. Copper Cable Samples: Provide a 24” length of each type and color of

copper cable being used as a part of this installation. Provide color samples for each system color and a matrix to detail which color is to be used for each system. The outer jacket shall be stripped back 6" from one end of the sample to allow the individual pairs to be inspected for all cables. Label each cable as detailed in this specification. The sample shall show all the cable markings, including part numbers, manufacturer, and lengths.

3. Category 6e Patch Panel: Provide a Category 6e patch panel. This shall

consist of the specified patch panel, fully loaded, complete with all associated components. The patch panel shall be fully loaded with the maximum number of cables dressed into the patch panel and terminated as described in this specification. All strain relief shall be provided as part of the sample. A 36” length of each cable shall be dressed and attached to the strain relief with “hook and loop” straps per these specifications. The unit shall be fully labeled as detailed in these specifications.

4. Outlet Samples.

a. Provide a full sized mock-up of each communications outlet type,

as listed below. The sample is intended to represent a typical communications outlet and shall include all associated parts to make a complete sample. Provide bushings and strain relief for the distribution cable jacket, demonstrating how the cable shall be

Page 6 of 44


secured. Label the outlet and each connector as detailed in this specification.

b. Provide samples of the following outlet configurations:

(1) Wall-mounted outlet - provide the faceplate, terminated communications outlets, the electrical backbox, and a 96" length of the relevant cable(s), in wall supports, strain relief equipment and bushings.

(2) Furniture outlet – provide faceplate, bezel, outlets, cable and labeling installed in a modular furniture baseboard or beltline raceway sample. The Vendor shall obtain a sample of the modular furniture system baseboard or beltline raceway where the outlet will be installed from the furniture system vendor. If the modular furniture system has not been selected or finalized, the Vendor shall proceed with all other tasks or phases of the project, but shall not place an order for furniture system faceplates, bezels, etc. until furniture system samples are available and this mock-up has been accepted by the District. The District shall not be held responsible for any re-stocking, re-ordering or other fees and charges resulting from ordering parts prior to mock-up acceptance.

5. Installation shall not proceed until the sample mock-ups have been

inspected and approved by the District. Sample mock-ups are intended to represent the components that are to be installed as part of this project; therefore, they are to be provided with all associated components and labeling required for the final installation. Upon acceptance, the mock-ups will be used as the standards by which the quality of work on the project by the Vendor shall be judged. Any installation that does not meet this standard shall be replaced or re-worked by the installing contractor as approved by the District at no additional cost to the District. All samples will be retained by the District. The District shall not be held responsible for project delays resulting from delays in sample mock-up approval, and shall not withhold approval without cause.

1.08 POST INSTALLATION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

Within fifteen (15) calendar days after the completion of work, the Vendor shall submit the following:

A. Record Documentation

1. Final Test Results

Test results for each cable indicating tests performed, results obtained, equipment used for testing along with documentation of last calibration/certification and values measured. Test results shall

Page 7 of 44


be provided in electronic format with the associated application (if required) for viewing.

2. As-Built Drawings: Vendor shall provide a complete set of

professionally drafted "E" size (30" x 42"), unless otherwise noted, reproducible bond as-built drawings, generated in BIM, as well as a complete set of drawings in PDF format.

a. MDF, BDF and IDF Diagrams - Including:

(1) Cable routing.

(2) Position of all components and apparatus.

(3) Detailed layout of the wallfield(s).

(4) Labeling plan with IDs (5) Complete rack layout for each rack including port and patch ID numbers.

b. Work Area Floor Plans - Including:

(1) Detailed cable routes.

(2) Labeled workstation locations. Labels to match approved workstation faceplate labels.

c. Cross Connect Documentation - Including:

(1) Cross-connect records for all voice, and data devices.

d. Riser Distribution Plan. e. Cable Tray, Conduit, and Raceway Plans (if applicable). f. Campus Distribution Plan (if applicable). g. Building Control Plans (if applicable).

B. As-Built Documentation Display in each MDF, BDF & IDF.

Install a complete, professionally drafted as-built floor plan in color in each MDF, BDF & IDF mounting frame. Each floor plan, generated on AutoDesk AutoCAD and printed in color, shall depict all jack locations in each modular furniture cubicle and all other areas. Also depicted shall be in-building Wi-Fi antennae, CATV jack locations or any other communications outlet cables by the installing contractor. All jack locations shall be color

Page 8 of 44


coordinated with the District’s labeling scheme as described elsewhere in this specification.

C. Provide to District one set of PDFs on CD ROMs containing all post

installation submittals. D. Warranty Documentation: Vendor shall present to District all warranty General and Specific Warranty

Documents per Warranty Specifications Sections. Warranty shall commence after final acceptance of System by District.

1.09 GENERAL SYSTEM PRODUCT, INSTALLATION AND OVERALL SYSTEM

WARRANTY A. Prior to District acceptance, the Vendor shall provide to the District’s

Project Manager, a manufacturers product and performance warranty. This will require a submittal of the required pre-job certification registration forms as well as the required project closing information. The District will only acknowledge acceptance upon submittal of a valid manufacturer’s warranty.

B. The warranty shall commence from the date of the Districts final written

acceptance of the completed project. C. All conditions for obtaining the manufacturers warranty shall be the sole

responsibility of the Vendor. D. The Vendor shall maintain a competent service organization through the

complete warranty period, and shall if requested, submit a service maintenance agreement to the District after the end of the warrantee period.

E. A typewritten notice shall be posted at the equipment rack that shall

indicate the firm, address and telephone number to call when service is necessary. The notice shall be laminated and mounted neatly and securely attached to the inside of the door.

1.10 SPECIFIC SYSTEM PRODUCT, INSTALLATION AND OVERALL SYSTEM

WARRANTY A. A twenty (20) year Extended Product Warranty and Application Assurance

for the voice / data wiring system shall be provided as follows: 1. 20 Year Extended Product Warranty a. The 20 Year Extended Product Warranty shall ensure

against product defects, that all approved cabling

Page 9 of 44


components exceed the specifications of ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C and ISO/IEC 11801, exceed the attenuation and NEXT requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C and ISO/IEC 11801 for cabling channels, that the installation will exceed the loss and bandwidth requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C and ISO/IEC 11801 for fiber channels, for a twenty (20) year period. The warranty shall apply to all passive SCS components.

b. The 20 Year Extended Product Warranty shall cover the

replacement or repair of defective product(s) and labor for the replacement or repair of such defective product(s) for a twenty (20) year period.

2. 20 Year Application Assurance a. The 20 Year Application Assurance shall cover the failure of

the wiring system to support the application which it was designed to support, as well as additional application(s) introduced in the future, up to 10Mbps parallel transmission schemes, by recognized standards or user forums that use the ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C or ISO/IEC 11801 component and channel specifications for cabling, for a twenty (20) year period.

3. System Certification a. Upon successful completion of the installation and

subsequent inspection, the District’s Project Manager shall be provided with a numbered certificate, from the manufacturing company, registering the installation.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. All equipment listed herein will be by:

1. Structured Cabling System (SCS): Commscope, Berktek/Ortronics, or AMP

2. Cabinets, Racks, and Ladder tray: Cooper B-line, Chatsworth 3. Horizontal and Vertical wire management: Cooper B-Line, Chatsworth 4. Riser and OSP Fiber Cable: Corning, Berktek, Commscope 5. Riser and OSP Copper Cable: Superior Essex, General Cable 6. Protectors: Circa, Porta Systems

Page 10 of 44


7. Splice cases: Preformed 8. 9. UPS: APC 10. Access Control System: Schlagg 11. Security System: Ingersol Rand 12. Assistive Listening System: Williams Sound 13. Data Electronics: Cisco (reference) 14. VOIP components: Berbee (reference)

B. It is the responsibility of the bidder to insure that the proposed product meets or

exceeds every standard set forth in these specifications and the equipment's technical data sheets.

C. The functions and features specified are vital to the operation of this facility.

Therefore, inclusion of a component's manufacturer in the list of acceptable manufacturers does not release the Vendor from strict compliance with the requirements of this specification.

2.02 Building Data/Telecommunications Room

A. The building telecommunications rooms are laid out and built according to stringent requirements because of the nature, cost, size and complexity of the equipment involved. These rooms typically house:

1. Racks or cabinets for equipment and cable ladder system to support cable and connections to various pieces of equipment with supporting grounding infrastructure and electrical outlets.

2. LAN equipment, such as routers, switches or fiber optic interface equipment for with-in building or campus communications.

3. Voice cross-connects

4. Provisions for future Cable TV (CATV), CCTV cabling, access control and equipment.

5. Building EMS system equipment.

6. Building Fire Alarm system equipment.

7. Generator system. Access to backup generator power is required.

B. Given the rapid development of new products in the Information Technology area, the building telecommunications room shall be designed to accommodate both

Page 11 of 44


current requirements and any number of generations of future systems and equipment.

C. The building telecommunications room houses the conversion of outside plant cable to inside rated cable, provides building entrance protectors for all copper cables and bonding point for all metallic cables or cable components. An outside plant pathway infrastructure system (conduit field) shall be provided to the nearest campus connection point (maintenance manhole).

D. Telecommunications Rooms:

1. A telecommunications room shall be provided on each floor or building quadrant. The number and locations of the telecommunications rooms depend on the following but shall data runs shall not exceed 250 feet:

a. Size of the building. Typically one telecommunications room is required for every 10,000 square feet of useable floor space.

b. Number of floors. A minimum of one telecommunications room is required for each floor.

c. The shape of the building and its impact on the length of the communications cables. Depending on the dimensions and cabling distances required in a particular building, a floor may house multiple telecommunication rooms, each serving a quadrant of the building. This is based on a maximum cable length of 250 feet from wall outlet to the terminal point.

2. Telecommunication Room Locations:

a. Rooms shall not be located in any place that may be subject to water or steam infiltration, humidity from nearby water or steam, heat and any other corrosive atmospheric or environmental conditions.

b. Rooms shall not be located near electrical power supply transformers, elevator or pump motors, generators, x--ray equipment, radio transmitters, radar transmitters, induction heating devices and other potential sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI).

c. Rooms shall not share space in electrical closets, boiler rooms, washrooms, custodial rooms, and storage rooms, nor hatches that lead to other spaces.

d. Rooms shall not be located near sources of mechanical vibration that could be conveyed to the room and the sensitive network equipment via the building structure.

Page 12 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements e. Rooms shall not be located below water level . The room shall be

free of water or drain pipes not directly required in support of the equipment in the room.

f. Rooms shall be vertically aligned in multistory buildings.

g. Rooms shall be located to avoid areas that limit expansion such as structural steel, stairwells, elevator shafts, outside walls or other fixed building walls.

h. Rooms shall have easy access to distribution cable pathways.

i. Rooms shall be easily accessible for the delivery of large equipment.

j. Rooms shall minimize the size and length of the backbone and horizontal distribution cables.

k. Rooms shall be directly accessible from hallways, not through classrooms, offices or utility spaces with door openings into the hallway and not the room.

3. Telecommunication rooms shall be air conditioned 7 days a week-24 hours a day and shall have minimum interior dimensions of 13 feet long x 10 feet wide x 10 feet high. The room shall be sized to accommodate a minimum of three (3) data racks. In larger buildings, additional equipment may be required.

4. Telecommunications Room Lighting:

a. The room shall have a minimum of 50 foot candles measured 3' above the finished floor.

b. Shall be controlled by switches located adjacent to the entrance door.

c. Shall not be powered from the same electrical panel that serves the telecommunications equipment within the room.

d. Shall be provided with UPS and be connected to an emergency power source.

5. Where fire sprinkler systems are required within the telecommunications room, a dry type sprinkler system should be provided if possible.

6. A suspended or drywall ceiling shall not be installed.

Page 13 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements 7. All walls shall have backing to support the plywood backboard and wall

mounted equipment. The walls shall be capable of supporting up to 200 lbs per linear foot of wall space.

8. All walls shall be covered with rigidly fixed, 3/4" void free, fire-rated AC plywood. The visible side and edges of the plywood shall be painted with two coats of white paint. At least one (1) fire-rated stamp per sheet shall remain visible when painting is completed. Plywood shall be installed from +12" off finish floor to the 9 feet off finish floor.

9. Telecommunications Room Clearances:

a. Allow a minimum of 3 feet of clear working space in front of equipment and cross connect fields.

b. Allow for 12 inch depth off wall for wall mounted equipment.

c. Provide aisles at least 36 inch wide.

d. In corners, provide a minimum side clearance of 12 inches.

e. Note, equipment racks shall be 36" deep minimum.

10. The telecommunications room door shall be a minimum of 42" wide and be provided with provisions to be controlled by an access control system.

11. Telecommunications Room Power Requirements:

a. Each rack, cabinet or system equipment shall be provided with unless otherwise noted a minimum of one (1) e-power dedicated 120V, 20 amp circuit and cabinet manufacture PDU.

b. One (1) e-power dedicated specialty receptacle shall be provided at each data rack location. The voltage, phase and amperage of the receptacle shall be coordinated with the District prior to installation.

c. BDF/MDF/IDF racks shall be provided with UPS and PDUs to cover all telecommunications electronics for minimum 6 minutes.

12. Telecommunications Room Temperature:

a. Each telecommunications room shall be provided with conditioned air separate from the building HVAC system and shall be powered from e-power.

b. The room temperature shall be maintained between 65 degrees and 75 degrees, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.

Page 14 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements c. HVAC equipment that serves the telecommunications room shall be

connected to the buildings emergency power system.

13. Telecommunications Room Grounding

a. Besides the normal electrical ground system, a Telecommunications Ground System will be designed per ANSI/TIA-607-B-2011 Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. This Telecommunications Ground System shall be installed to support the Information Technology Rooms and Infrastructure.

b. A Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) shall be located in the Building Telecommunications Room where the BDF is located. The TMGB shall be a predrilled copper busbar provided with standard NEMA bolt hole sizing and spacing. The TMGB shall be electrotin-plated for reduced contract resistance. The TMGB shall be a minimum size of 5 mm thick, 100 mm wide and 300 mm in length. The TMGB shall be insulated from its support by a two (2) inch separation.

c. The TMGB will be bonded to the electrical panel ground bus bar and to building steel or ground rod by conventional welds, exothermic welds clamp-and-braze method, or UL approved 2-hole compression connectors. Exothermic welds are the preferred method. Because of the high temperatures involved, copper materials may be bonded to iron or steel. The mold size must match the cable or conductor cross section. The size of the weld metal charge must match the size of the mold being used. The connection between the TMGB and the bonding point is to be 3/0 insulated copper ground wire.

d. In each Telecommunications room (where IDF is located), a Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) shall be installed. The TGB shall be a minimum size of 5 mm thick and 50 mm wide and 150 mm long. The TGBs shall be bonded to the electrical panel serving the rooms were the TGB is installed, bonded to building steel, and bonded in series to the main TMGB.

e. All communication system bonding and grounding shall be in accordance with the NEC and NFPA. Horizontal cables shall be grounded in compliance with ANSI/NFPA 70 and local requirements and practices. Horizontal equipment including cross connect frames, patch panels, cable trays, equipment racks, ladder trays, conduits, active telecommunication equipment, sleeves and test apparatus and equipment shall be bonded to the TBB (Telecommunications Bonding Backbone) ground bars utilizing a #6-AWG and two hole compression grounding lugs. The Vendor shall be responsible for providing an approved ground at all newly installed distribution frames, and/or insuring proper bonding to any existing facilities. The Vendor shall also be responsible for ensuring ground continuity by properly bonding all appropriate cabling, cable

Page 15 of 44


sheaths, circuit protectors, closures, cabinets, service boxes, and framework.

14. Fire Stop Penetrations

a. Each Telecommunications room will require either a cable tray entrance with fire-stop system or a minimum of three (3) 4-inch sleeves through the wall suitably fire-stopped around and inside the sleeves with intumescent materials that will preserve the fire rating of the wall.

b. Typically each Telecommunications room will require a minimum of three (3) 4-inch sleeves to be used for risers through the floor. The exact requirements will be coordinated with District IT for final quantities. The system shall have an F rating and a T rating of not less than one hour but not less than the required rating of the partition.

c. The electrical drawings shall show the location and type of Fire Stop Penetration systems to be used. All systems are to be sealed at the completion of the cabling installation. If installing contractor returns to run additional cable, the seal will be broken, cable installed and then the systems will be re-sealed by the installing contractor.

2.03 OUTLETS

A. For purposes of this document there is no distinction between data, phone, fax, printer or outlets for other peripheral devices. Since all devices use the same structured cabling system and the phone system will be VOIP, all outlets will be referred to as “data” outlets. Unless otherwise noted, all “outlets” will consist of (2) Category 6 cables permanently installed between the outlet location and the nearest BDF or IDF.

B. Locations

1. Data outlets shall meet all ADA mounting height requirements. 2. Typical Office:

a. One (1) outlet consisting of two (2) Category 6 cables at each desk location located above the desk surface in a location to be hidden by the desk top monitor.

3. Typical Conference Room: a. One outlet consisting of two (2) Category 6 cables shall be provided

in floor boxes at each conference room table location. b. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable at the ceiling for a

wireless access point. 4. Typical Classroom:

a. One outlet consisting of two (2) Category 6 cables shall be provided at the teacher’s desk location.

b. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable in the ceiling at the projector location.

Page 16 of 44


c. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable at the front wall for an LCD monitor.

d. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable at the ceiling for a wireless access point.

e. One outlet consisting of two (2) Category 6 cables at the front wall. 5. Computer Labs:

a. Typical Classroom requirement plus; b. Minimum of one outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable for each

computer within the room. There will be a minimum of thirty (30) computer stations. Where computer tables are not adjacent to the wall, data outlets shall be provided in floor boxes.

c. Ten percent (10%) extra data outlets shall be provided in computer labs.

6. Other Rooms: a. One outlet consisting of two (2) Category 6 cables wall mounted

adjacent to the exit door in each workroom. b. One outlet consisting of (2) Category 6 cables wall mounted each

in BDF/IDF room. c. One outlet consisting of two (2) Category 6 cables shall be provided

at each copier, printer and fax machine location. d. Other specialty locations as determined by the District including but

not limited to maintenance spaces, custodial spaces, custodial closets, mechanical rooms, control rooms, electrical rooms, security rooms, boiler rooms, etc.

7. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable shall be provided to a building elevator and wheel chair lift for connection to the respective phone.

8. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable at each digital signage and display location.

9. One outlet consisting of (1) Category 6 cable at each HVAC unit control panel, EMS control panel, Lighting control panel,

10. Wireless Access Points: a. Data outlets consisting of one (1) Category 6 cable shall be

provided throughout the building in all occupied areas for wireless access points including:

i. Classrooms ii. Labs iii. Hallways and open areas sufficient to cover walled offices

and work areas iv. Open offices v. Conference rooms vi. Exterior wall locations vii. Roof locations as determined by the District. Roof locations

require 120V power to be coordinated with electrical design build contractor.

11. Audio Visual locations: a. Each classroom and lab will have a teacher’s desk location TBD.

The teacher’s desk will have connections for DVD/Bluray player (HDMI), and Laptop Computer (VGA with audio). These input connections will connect to either overhead projector and drop down projection screen or wall mounted flatscreen LCD monitor display (determined by specific project and room requirements).

Page 17 of 44


Provide (2) Category 6 cables for data to nearest IDF, (1) HDMI connection to projector or TV location, and (1) VGA with audio to projector or flatscreen location. The use of Category 6 cabling for HDMI and VGA connections is preferred. Provide active conversion components as required. Provide an additional 2” conduit from teacher’s desk to ceiling space and from ceiling space to display device for future AV controls installation.

C. Faceplates 1. Faceplates shall be white of ivory in color depending on location. All data

jacks shall be orange in color. 2. All Faceplates shall be available in single, duplex, triplex, quad-plex, or six-

plex arrangement in a single gang configuration.

3. Faceplates shall be available in eightplex arrangement in a dual gang box configuration.

4. Modular furniture faceplates shall be available in single, dual, triple and

quad configuration for the District’s modular existing and/or new modular furniture. Faceplates shall be flush-mounted in the modular furniture. Surface mounted boxes/faceplates are unacceptable. The Vendor is responsible for coordinating with the District’s modular furniture contractor to determine faceplate requirements. The installing contractor shall provide and install all parts/fittings necessary to meet the requirements of this section.

5. Wall mounted phone jack faceplates shall be single gang configuration and

have two standard phone mounting posts located above and below the jack opening.

C. Data outlets shall consist of one, two or three gang utility outlet boxes plates

equipped with 8-pin modular (RJ-45) jacks utilizing T568B wiring scheme. All outlet cabling shall terminate on termination blocks at their associated Main Distribution Frame (MDF) / Building Distribution Frame (BDF) / Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Rooms, or as otherwise indicated on the drawings.

D. Category 6 Gigabit modular jacks 1. All Category 6 modular jacks shall meet or exceed Category 6 transmission

requirements for connecting hardware, as specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard and be part of the UL LAN Certification and Follow-up Program.

2. The Category 6 modular jacks shall be capable of being in a modular

patching situation or as a modular telecommunication outlet. 3. The Category 6 modular jacks shall be capable of being installed in any

modular faceplate, modular patch panel, frame, or surface-mounted box without special couplings or adapters.

Page 18 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements 4. The Category 6 modular jacks shall have improved pair splitters and wider

channel for enhanced conductor placement. The outlet shall also have a low-profile wire cap, which protects against contamination and secures the connection. All data jacks shall be orange in color.

2.04 STATION CABLE A. Category 6e unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables shall extend between the station

location and it’s associated MDF/BDF/IDF and consist of 4 pair, 23 gauge solid insulated wire, and shall terminate on Category 6e modular jacks at each outlet and Category 6 patch panels at MDF/BDF/IDF. Cabling shall be blue.

1. Category 6e UTP, 4 Pair

1. The high performance Category 6e UTP cable shall be of the traditional

round design with mylar separator tape between pairs. 2. The cable jacket shall comply with Article 800 NEC for use as a plenum

when installed in plenum environments. The 4 pair UTP cable shall be UL Listed type CMP (plenum), or CMR (non-plenum).

C. All Category 6 high performance cables shall meet or exceed the following: Electrical Characteristics:

Mutual Capacitance 56 nF/m at 1kHz

Characteristic Impedance ( 3%) of 100 Ohms 1-550 MHz

DC Resistance Max 7.61 Ohms/100m)

Positive ACR To 400 MHz-km

Physical specifications:

Conductor size 23AWG

Diameter .24 to .29” nominal

Operating temperature

-4 F to 140 F

D. A 3’ service loop shall be provided at each end of the station cable.

E. Product Specification: Commscope, Berktek, AMP 2.05 Category 6e Patch panels A. The termination block shall support the appropriate emerging high-bandwidth

applications, including 1 Gbps Ethernet, potentially 1.2 Gbps ATM and 2.4 Gbps ATM, Multi-Tasked Split Screen Computing, Virtual Holographic Video Conferencing, Instant Access Telemedicine, 3D CAD/CAM Engineering, and Internet-Intranet Communications/Commerce, as well as all 77 channels (550

Page 19 of 44


MHz) of analog broad band video, and facilitate cross connection and inter connection using modular patch cords.

B. All Modular jack panels shall be wired to ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C using T568B wiring. C. The wiring block shall be able to accommodate 23 AWG cable conductors. D. The Category 6e modular jack panels shall meet or exceed the Category 6e

standards requirements in ISO/IEC 11801 and ANSI/TIA/EIA and shall be UL Listed.

E. A 110 IDC termination block shall provide for the termination of horizontal,

equipment, or tie cables.

2.06 CATEGORY 6 – PATCH/STATION CORDS A. Provide Category 6 Modular Patch / Station cords for each assigned port on the patch

panel and for each outlet in the station locations. All cords shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C Standard. Cords shall be equipped with an 8 pin modular connector on each end and shall conform to the length(s) specified. All cords shall be wired to T568B wiring scheme standard. All cords shall be factory-built by the cabling manufacturer with a molded boot at both ends. Fabrication of cords in the field is prohibited.

B. All patch cords shall exceed ANSI/TIA/EIA and ISO/IEC Category 6/Class E

specifications. C. The patch cord shall have built-in exclusion features to prevent accidental polarity

reversals and split pairs. D. UL Verified for ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C Electrical Performance E. Miscellaneous:

1. UL Listed for Fire Safety 2. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer 3. FCC Compliant

F. Quantities: 1. Category 6e Workstation and closet patch cords shall be provided for each

MDF/BDF/IDF and workstation installed Category 6e cable. 2. One (1) 3’ (minimum length) patch cord shall be provided for each

workstation installed cable. 3. Patch cords shall be provided in various lengths (2’, 3’ and 10’) such that a

minimum of slack is present at the patch panel to switch connection. All installed Category 6e ports shall be patched.

G. Patch cords shall be from the same manufacturer as the station cabling. H. All patch cords at workstations and in MDF/BDF/IDF rooms shall be installed and

dressed in per the District’s direction.

Page 20 of 44


2.07 FIBER OPTIC CABLING

A. 8 strands of single mode fiber optic cabling shall be provided between facilities routing from the campus MDF located in the Library to the building’s main BDF location.

B. 8 strands of single mode fiber optic cabling shall be provided from the building’s main BDF location to each IDF location within the building.

C. All fiber in a cable run shall be from the same manufacturer and shall be the same

type. A mix of fibers from different manufacturers may not be used.

D. OSP Fiber Optic Cables shall:

Meet or exceed Underwriters Laboratory 1666 (UL-1666) requirements Fibers are separated into color-coded binder groups inside a central tube

filled with water-blocking compound. The sheath has dielectric strength member parallel to the core and outside

the core. The sheath jacket material (color: black) is medium-density polyethylene

for maximum environmental protection and is petrochemical stable.

The designation “UL®”

shall be printed every two (2) feet on the cable jacket.

The cable shall have individual fiber tube colors per TIA/EIA-598-B.

The cable shall be suitable for temperatures of -40o

to +75o

C.

E. Single Mode Fiber Cables shall be:

Class IVa Dispersion-Unshifted single mode optical fibers complying with ANSI/EIA/TIA-492BAAA.

The zero dispersion wavelength shall be between 1300 nm and 1324 nm. The ANSI/EIA/TIA- 455-168 maximum value of the dispersion slope shall

be no greater than 0.093 ps/km-nm2. Dispersion measurements shall be

made in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-455-169 or ANSI/EIA/TIA-455-175.

The nominal core diameter shall be 8.3 µm to 10.0 µm with a tolerance of +/- 0.5 um at 1300 nm when measured in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-455-164 or ANSI/EIA/TIA-455-167.

Meet the graded performance specifications below. Testing of the optical fiber shall be in accordance with TIA/EIA 526-7, using testing Type A.1. The measurements shall be performed at 23 degrees C +/- 5 degrees.

Page 21 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements F. SINGLE MODE FIBER SPECIFICATIONS

Fiber Attribute

Cladding Diameter 125.0 1.0 m

Cladding Non-Circularity 1.0%

Colored Fiber Diameter 250 15 m

Core Diameter 8.3 m

Index of Refraction 0.37%

Core/Cladding Concentricity

0.8 m

Mode Field Diameter 8.8 0.5 m @ 1310 NM

Minimum Proof Strength 100,000 psi

Maximum Attenuation OSP

.50 dB/km @ 1310/1550 NM

Maximum Attenuation Riser

1.0 dB/km @ 1310/1550 NM

Maximum Dispersion 2.8 ps/NM-km 1285 to 1330 NM

Fiber Cutoff Wavelength 1130 NM. 1300 NM

Fiber Macrobend (100 turns @ 32 mm diameter)

0.05 dB @ 1310 NM

0.10 dB @ 1550 NM

Coating Strip Force 1.3 N F 8.9 N

Fiber Attribute True Wave

Cladding Diameter 125.0 1.0 m

Cladding Non-Circularity 1.0%

Colored Fiber Diameter 250 15 m

Core Diameter 8.3 m

Index of Refraction 0.33%

Core/Cladding Concentricity 0.8 m

Mode Field Diameter 8.4 0.6 m @ 1550 NM

Dynamic Fatigue Parameter (nd) 20

Static Fatigue Parameter (ns ) 20

Fiber Curl 2 meters

Macrobend ( 1 turn, 32 mm dia.) 0.5 dB at 1550 NM

Minimum Proof Strength 100,000 psi

Maximum Attenuation

.40 dB/km @ 1310 NM

.30 dB/km @ 1550 NM

Zero Dispersion Wavelength Not Applicable

Dispersion Slope Not Applicable

Dispersion (Absolute) 1.0 to 5.0 ps/NM-km from 1550nm to 1565nm

Fiber Cutoff Wavelength 1150 NM. 1350 NM

Cbl. Cutoff Wavelength 1260 NM

Fiber Macrobend (100 turns @ 32 mm diameter)

0.05 dB @ 1310 NM

0.10 dB @ 1550 NM

Page 22 of 44


Coating Strip Force 1.3 N F 8.9 N

1. Sheath Construction: a. Outside Plant Cables: Loose-tube Dielectric Sheath Cables with

buffer/fan-out kits as required. b. Building Cables: Plenum Rated, Riser Rated 2. Product Specification: Commscope, Berktek, Corning.

2.08 INNERDUCT

A. All fiber backbone cabling shall be installed in innerduct. For outside plant installations, the innerduct will be smooth walled, high density polyethylene. The innerduct will be orange in color and 1 inch in diameter. For all new installations of fiber backbone, a minimum of one extra innerduct will be installed parallel to the new cabling installation.

B. Where new conduit infrastructure is installed with unused conduits, at least one

of the unused conduits will be filled with (4) innerduct tubes, providing a partitioning of the conduit for future cable installations. All innerduct tubes shall be equipped with a 3/8” nylon pull rope, to facilitate future cabling installations.

2.09 FIBER PATCH CORDS

A. Fiber patch Cords shall be Singlemode. B. Construction shall be either 3.0 mm cordage or 1.6 mm cordage C. Connectors shall be available in Duplex SC. D. Use only factory manufactured patch cords. Field terminated patch cords are not

acceptable. E. Patch cords shall be provided in 1m, 2m and 3m lengths, proportional to the

quantity of strands provided on the project. 30% shall be 1m, 65% shall be 2m and 5% shall be 3m in length.

F. Patch cords shall be of the same manufacturer as the fiber cabling. G. Fiber patch cords shall be installed per the District’s direction

2.10 FIBER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (FDC) / FIBER PATCH PANEL A. Fiber Patch Panels - Combination Shelf: The Combination Shelf is a wall or frame

mounted unit that terminates, provides cross connection, interconnection, splicing and fiber identification for up to 48 fibers. The shelf will provide protection from mechanical stress on the cable and fibers and from macro-bending losses.

Page 23 of 44


1. The shelf shall be wall or rack mountable depending on the location requirement. The units must fit into a 19” wide frame arrangement and have a jumper routing trough.

2. When wall mounted the shelf shall consist of a modular enclosure with front

access and can be fully administered from the front. When rack mounted the shelf shall consist of a modular enclosure with front and rear access and can be fully administered from the front and rear. The unit shall slide out to allow access from the top. Include splice organizers and fiber breakout kits as required.

3. The shelf shall have a translucent, removable cover over the connector

panels. The connector panels shall snap into the front of the shelf and accommodate SC connectors as required.

4. Miscellaneous:

a. UL Listed for Fire Safety

b. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer 2.11 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS A. Fiber Optic Connectors: Field installed singlemode SC type connectors to

terminate fiber optic cables from cable-to-cable, cable-to-equipment or equipment-to-equipment, and to make jumpers.

1. The connector must:

a. Be field installable b. Be capable of mounting on either 0.9 mm buffered fiber or on 3.0-mm

cordage. c. Meet EIA and IEC standards for repeatability. d. Have a locking feature to the coupler and assure non-optical

disconnect. e. Have an installed attenuation loss of less than .75dB. f. Miscellaneous:

(1). UL Listed for Fire Safety (2). ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer

2.12 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Each BDF and IDF shall be equipped with (2) 2-post UL Listed 7’ x 19” equipment

racks. B. Equipment racks, ladder trays and rack mount accessories shall be Black in color.

Page 24 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements C. Standard 6” wide x 7’ high vertical wire management shall be provided between

and on both sides of racks. D. Racks shall be mounted on an isolation pad and utilize non-conductive washers to

secure the rack to the floor. Floor mounted open racks shall be secured from the bottom rail to prevent movement. All racks shall be individually grounded to the isolated ground bar within the equipment room using a standard ground lug and #6 jacketed green cable. Daisy chaining a ground wire between racks is not allowed. Racks mounted on raised floors shall be seismically braced to the structural floor below the raised floor to the satisfaction of the Local Authority having Jurisdiction and all local, state and federal requirements.

E. Product Specification: B-Line or Chatsworth.

2.13 TERMINAL BACKBOARDS A. Use Douglas Fir Plywood, exterior grade, finished one side and prime coat painted

on all surfaces with a finish coat of fire retardant intumescent white enamel. On each plywood sheet leave one (1) Fire Marshal Stamp unpainted for inspection.

2.14 CABLE MANAGEMENT

A. 6” wide vertical wire managers (VWM) will be required between and on either side of equipment racks. Provide CPI #30095-703 or equal by B-line.

B. Horizontal wire manager (HWM) will be required between each patch panel, switch,

or other rack mounted equipment. Provide CPI #30330-719 or equal by B-line. C. Cable tray shall be used to manage cabling above racks in the BDF/MDF/IDF rooms.

Mount cable tray to walls and support from structure. Provide minimum 18” wide U.L. listed cable tray CPI #11275-718 or equal by B-line. Provide radius dropouts where ever cables leave the tray. Bond each tray section to ground per ANSI/TIA-607-B-2011.

2.15 FIRE RATED PATHWAY

A. All penetrations through fire rated partitions shall include a UL Classified firestop system with F and T ratings greater than or equal to the partition’s rating. Penetrations shall be provided sufficient for the number and size of cables penetration the partition plus 20%. Separate penetrations shall be provided for data/voice, security/access control, CATV, and Fire Alarm.

B. The firewall through-penetration shall be a manufactured, UL Classified, firestop

device / system designed to allow cables to penetrate fire-rated walls with a built-in fire sealing system that automatically adjusts to the amount of cables installed.

C. The firestopping device shall be capable of installation in new construction or

retrofit in existing structures. D. The device shall be UL Tested and Classified in accordance with ASTM E814 (UL

1479) and with ratings up to and including 2 hours.

Page 25 of 44


E. Manufacturer: Specified Technologies Inc., EZ-Path (#EZDP44) or equal by

Wiremold.

2.16 COPPER CABLING

25-pair copper cabling shall be provided from Campus MDF to each building IDF. Higher pair count cables to achieve 25-pair to each IDF shall be routed through and terminated in the building BDF. Building BDF shall also function as an IDF and require an additional 25-pair.

A. Outside Plant Copper Cables

1. All voice grade wire and cable placed in the outside environment shall be solid, twisted pair, and multi-conductor. The copper twisted pairs shall have a mutual capacitance at 1kHz of 15.7 nF/1,000 ft. The cable shall be resistant to mechanical damage, lightning or damage from wildlife.

2. The aerial air core cable shall be a self-supporting or lashed cable

consisting of plastic-insulated solid conductors covered by a plastic core wrap and surrounded by an inner polyethylene jacket, a corrugated aluminum shield, a corrugated steel wrap and a bonded polyethylene jacket (PASP).

3. The buried or underground cable shall have an aluminum steel

polyethylene (ASP) sheath and a core of solid-copper conductors, dual insulated with foam skin and plastic, surrounded by FLEXGEL III filling compound.

B. The multi-pair copper cables shall meet the following specifications:

Physical Specifications:

Gauge 24 AWG

Pair Size 25 to 1,800

Electrical Specifications:

DC Resistance 27.3/1000 ft (8.96/100m), maximum

Mutual Capacitance (@ 1kHz)

15.7 nF/1000 ft (5.15 nF/100m) (25 pair), maximum

Impedance 100 (25 pair)

Buried/Underground Cable Attenuation (db/1,000 ft [305m]):

at 772 kHz 5.6 (25 pair), maximum

at 1.0 MHz 6.4 (25 pair), maximum

Aerial Cable Attenuation (dB/1,000 ft [305m]):

at 772 kHz 5.9 (25 pair), maximum

at 1.0 MHz 6.7 (25 pair), maximum

Page 26 of 44


1. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer: Systimax or listed equal

a. Buried/Underground: CSI ANMW

b. Aerial: CSI BKMP (self support), CSI BKMA (lashed),

CSI BKMH (lashed)

C. Copper Riser Cables: Shielded or unshielded 24 AWG multi-pair copper cables shall be used as the vertical riser cables. The cable shall support voice, data and building service applications. The bending radius and pulling strength requirements of all backbone cables shall be observed during handling and installation. The multi-pair copper cables shall be in plenum or riser rated form and placed in conduit as required.

1. Shielded: The shielded cable, 200 pair or more, shall consist of solid-

copper conductors insulated with expanded polyethylene covered by a PVC skin, be conformance tested to meet ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B for Category 3 cables, be UL and Listed as CMR. The core shall be overlaid with a corrugated aluminum sheath, which is adhesively bonded to an outer jacket of PVC plastic to form an ALVYN sheath. The copper riser cable shall meet or exceed the following electrical specifications listed below:

a. Electrical Specifications:

Average DC Resistance 26.5/1,000 ft (8.7/100m), maximum

Average DC Resistance Unbalance 1.7%, maximum

Mutual Capacitance @ 1kHz 16 nF/1000 ft (5.25 nF/100 m), maximum

Capacitance Unbalance (pair to ground)

201pF/1,000 ft (65.94 pF/100m) maximum

Attenuation (dB/100 m [328 ft.]:

Frequency Attenuation (Max.)

1.00 MHz 2.3 dB

4.00 MHz 4.9 dB

10.00 MHz 8.5 dB

16.00 MHz 12 dB

Worst Pair Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) dB/100 m [328 ft]:

Frequency Pair-To-Pair NEXT (Max.)

1.0 MHz 13.8 dB

4.0 MHz 11.2 dB

10.0 MHz 10.2 dB

16.0 MHz 9.2 dB

Page 27 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements b. The PVC sheath shall have improved frictional

properties, allowing it to be pulled through conduit without the use of lubricants.

c. The cable shall be available in 25, 50, 100, 150, 200,

300, 400, 600, 900, 1200, 1500, and 1800 pair counts.

d. Miscellaneous:

(1). UL Listed for Fire Safety

(2). ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer e. Product Specification: Systimax ARMM type cable

or listed equal.

2. Non-shielded: The non-shielded non-plenum cable shall consist of 24-AWG solid-copper conductors insulated with color coded PVC, 25 pair cable shall be UL Verified to ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B for Category 3, 25 to 100 pair shall be conformance tested to meet ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B for Category 3 cables. The non-shielded cable shall be available in 25, 50, 75 and 100 pair. The copper cable shall meet or exceed the following electrical specifications listed below:

a. Electrical Specifications:

Maximum DC Resistance 28.6 /1,000 ft (9.4 /100m)

Maximum DC Resistance Unbalanced

5%

Maximum Capacitance Unbalanced (pair to ground)

1,000 pF/1000 ft. (328 pF/m)

Mutual Capacitance @ 1kHz 18 nF/1000 ft (5.9 nF/100 m), maximum

Attenuation (dB/100 m [328 ft.]):

Frequency Attenuation (Max.)

1.00 MHz 2.3 dB

4.00 MHz 4.9 dB

10.00 MHz 8.5 dB

16.00 MHz 12 dB

Worst Pair Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) dB/100 m [328 ft]:

Frequency Pair-To-Pair NEXT (Max.)

1.0 MHz 13.8 dB

4.0 MHz 11.2 dB

10.0 MHz 10.2 dB

16.0 MHz 9.2 dB

Page 28 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements b. Miscellaneous:

(1). UL Listed for Fire Safety

(2). ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer

c. Product Specification: Systimax ARMM type cable

or equal by Superior/Essex, Berktek, or AMP. 2.17 VOICE CIRCUIT TERMINATIONS IN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CLOSETS

A. The wiring block shall be 110-type and support Category 3, 5e and 6 applications and facilitate cross connection and interconnection using either cross connect wire or the appropriate category patch cords.

1. The wiring blocks shall be fire retardant, molded plastic consisting of

horizontal index strips for terminating 25 pairs of conductors each. These index strips shall be marked with five colors on the high teeth, separating the tip and ring of each pair, to establish pair location. A series of fanning strips shall be located on each side of the block for dressing the cable pairs terminated on the adjacent index strips.

2. The wiring blocks shall accommodate 22- through 26-AWG conductors and

shall be able to mount directly on wall surfaces either with or without backboards or on a 24” free-standing frame.

3. Clear label holders with the appropriate colored inserts shall be provided

with the wiring blocks. The insert labels shall contain vertical lines spaced on the basis of circuit size (3-, 4-, or 5-pair) and shall not interfere with running, tracing or removing jumper wire/patch cords.

4. The wiring blocks shall be available in 50, 100, and 300 pair sizes. The

100 and 300 pair wiring blocks shall be available with or without legs. The legs allow the cables to pass behind the wiring block and fan out to each side. The space created by the feet, on each side of the block, allows it to be used as a vertical jumper trough. The 50 pair size is not available with legs and shall be utilized for low pair count and/or depth restrictive situations.

5. The wiring block shall be able to accommodate over 500 repeated

insertions without incurring permanent deformation and it shall pass the reliability test of no more than one contact failure in 10,000 connections.

6. The 110 wiring blocks shall meet the following specifications: a. Physical Specifications:

(1). Height: 25/50-Pair – 1.75 in. (4.45 cm)

100-Pair – 3.6 in. (9.12 cm) 300-Pair, 10.8 in. (27.41 cm)

(2). Width:

Page 29 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements With legs: 10.7 in. (27.23 cm) Without legs: 8.5 in. (21.60 cm)

(3). Depth: With legs: 3.2 in. (8.25 cm) Without legs: 1.4 in. (3.60 cm) Electrical Specifications: ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6

7. For each wiring block shown on the drawings, provide and install 110 type 4-pair or 110 type 5-pair connecting blocks for each horizontal index strip on each wiring block. For example, a 300 pair wiring block serving station cables requires 72 4-pair connecting blocks. A 300 pair wiring block serving riser pairs requires 60 5-pair connecting blocks.

8. Product Specification: Systimax 110A or 110D, Ortronics 110AB, or

AMP 610XC

B. Voice MDF/BDF/IDF Rooms, or as otherwise indicated on drawings, locations shall be equipped with termination blocks for termination of voice station and host cable pairs. Voice cable blocks shall consist of a minimum 100 pair. All blocks shall be securely fastened to the room backboards or equipment racks – see drawings. Provide all required D-rings, Flextray or other approved cable guides as required to provide a neat installation. All cables shall terminate in numerical sequence.

2.18 PROTECTORS

A. All copper circuits shall be provided with protection between each building with an entrance cable protector panel(s). All building-to-building circuits shall be routed through this protector(s). The protector(s) shall be connected with a #6 AWG copper bonding conductor between the protector ground lug and the MDF/BDF/IDF ground point.

B. Plug in Surge Protection Modules shall be provided for each pair terminated on the

chassis. Protector module shall be solid state type unless otherwise noted.

1. 240VDC/300VDC solid state protector modules shall provide transient and power fault protection for standard telephone line applications. The modules shall be fast acting, self resetting current limiters to protect against sneak current type faults. These modules shall be UL Listed with integrated test points and Black in color.

2. 30VDC/75VDC solid state protector modules shall provide transient and power fault protection for digital and data line applications. The modules shall be fast acting, self resetting current limiters to protect against sneak current type faults. These modules shall be UL Listed with integrated test points and Red in color.

3. In the event that protector modules are not called out in the drawings, SCS contractor shall include all costs in base bid to provide the 75v solid state modules w/sneak current protection. In all cases, SCS contractor is

Page 30 of 44


responsible to coordinate appropriate module w/District prior to ordering material.

C. Product Specification: Circa, Systimax, Porta, Marconi or equal 2.19 ADDITIONAL BUILDING

Page 31 of 44


A. Assistive Listening 1. Assistive Listening shall be provided per current ADA Requirements.

B. Intrusion Alarm 1. Intrusion Alarm System shall be provided on case by case per building as

required and shall integrate into the fire alarm system. C. Access Control System

1. Access Control System shall match and interface with Campus Schlage / Ingersoll Rand System.

2. Proximity readers shall be 128-bit HID capable of reading existing cards. New cards shall be provided for each new project. No key fobs are to be used. A Card reader and card printer shall be placed at each work station for enrollment.

3. Proximity readers and electric locks shall be installed at all exterior doors, electrical room doors, and BDF/MDF/IDF doors.

4. Provide a spare 1/2” conduit to the jamb, head, and strike sides of ALL doors in building for future access control requirements.

5. Access Control Headend and door controller locations shall be provided with a data outlet consisting of (2) Category 6e cable terminating in the nearest IDF/BDF and (2) 120V 20Amp outlets to be coordinated with electrical design build contractor.

D. Clock System 1. A 120v recessed receptacle shall be provided at each wall mounted analog

clock location in every office, classroom, workroom, lab, open office area, conference room and any other occupied area as determined by District.

2. Clock shall be 12-1/2 inch diameter analog clock, battery operated, American Time and Signal with Saddleback College standard logo. Batteries to have a minimum 5-year life.

3. No additional centralized antennae are required. E. CCTV System

1. The campus currently has no CCTV System. 2. CCTV system requirements shall be evaluated on a project by project

basis. 3. Any new CCTV system installed shall be IP based using all IP cameras or

codecs and a centralized DVR with large enough storage capacity to store up to 90 days of video at a minimum of MPEG-4 play back quality at a minimum preferably H.264/MPEG-4 Part 10 or AVC.

F. Emergency phones 1. Solar powered wireless emergency phones shall be installed in parking lots

for new projects 2. New e-phones shall be Code Blue CB 1-W Solar Signature Tall Help Point

Enclosures for exterior use in remote parking lots and walkway applications. CB2-S should be used interior and exterior at building entrances, reduced light level areas and as needed to provide assistance and response to emergency requests.

3. Provide conduit for both power and CAT 6e cabling to new phones for backup.

G. Paging System 1. Current paging system is through the Saddleback College VOIP phone

system with the Berbee classroom components. 2. Exterior speakers shall be added to each new building connected to the

phone paging system.

Page 32 of 44

Irvine Valley College - Design Build Project 27 00 00 May 31, 2016 Low Voltage System Requirements PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION

A. The structured cabling system shall consist of any or all of the following subsystems:

1. Work Area Subsystem 2. Horizontal Subsystem 3. Administration Subsystem 4. Backbone Subsystem 5. Support Subsystem

B. Work Area Subsystem: The Work Area Subsystem provides the connection

between the information outlet and the station equipment in the work area. The Work Area Subsystem includes:

1. Adapters 2. Faceplates

C. Horizontal Subsystem: The Horizontal Subsystem provides connections from the

horizontal cross connect to the information outlets (IOs) in the work areas. It consists of the horizontal transmission media, the associated connecting hardware terminating this media, and IOs in the work area. The Horizontal Subsystem encompasses the active channel (See section on Testing). Each floor of a building shall be served by its own Horizontal Subsystem. The Horizontal Subsystem includes:

1. Horizontal Cabling 2. Jacks 3. Patch Panels 4. Patch Cords 5. Station Cords

D. Administration Subsystem: The Administration Subsystem links all of the

subsystems together. It consists of labels, diagrams, drawings, manuals, and tools necessary to manage the Structured Cabling System after installation. The Administration Subsystem includes:

1. Labels 2. As-built drawings 3. Operations manuals 4. Record drawings 5. Test results 6. Warranty documents

E. Backbone Subsystem: The main cable route within a building is called the

Backbone Subsystem. It links the main cross connect (MDF) in the equipment room to intermediate cross connects (IC) in the BDFs and/or IDFs. It consists of the backbone transmission media between these locations and the associated

Page 33 of 44


connecting hardware terminating this media. It is normally installed in a star topology with first-level backbone cables beginning at the main cross connect. If needed, a second-level backbone cables begin at intermediate cross connects.

A Backbone Subsystem in a single building will consist of a single MDF connected to one or more IDFs on a single floor or on multiple floors. The backbone will also connect the MDF to a Main Point of Entry (MPOE) which houses the incoming telecommunications services for the building. A Backbone Subsystem in a multi-building campus will consist of a single MDF connected to more than one BDF (one per building). Each BDF will be connected to the IDFs of each respective building. The MDF will also connect to the campus MPOE. Additional MPOEs may connect to the campus backbone through the BDFs. The Backbone Subsystem includes:

1. OSP/Riser/Plenum rated fiber optic cable 2. Patch panels 3. Wall and rack mounted termination fields 4. Patch cables 5. Cross-connect wire

F. Support Subsystem: The Support Subsystem consists of hardware and equipment required to facilitate and sustain the Structured Cabling System. The Support Subsystem includes the cabling pathways, cabinets, and racks that hold the structured cabling in place. The Support Subsystem includes:

1. Cable tray 2. Ladder Rack 3. Fire Stop systems 4. Conduit 5. Data Equipment Racks 6. Cabinets 7. Vertical and Horizontal Wire Managers 8. Backboards

3.02 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. All materials shall be new. No used or re-manufactured parts or components shall be accepted.

B. All communications cabling used throughout this project shall comply with the requirements as outlined in the NEC Articles 725, 760, 770, and 800 and the appropriate local codes. All copper cabling shall bear UL listed type CMP (Plenum Rated) and/or CMR (Riser Rated). All fiber optic cabling shall bear OFNP (Plenum Rated) and/or OFNR (Riser Rated. The Vendor is responsible for installing appropriately rated cable for the environment in which it is installed.

Page 34 of 44


C. Cable Storage: Do not roll or store cable reels without an appropriate underlay and the prior written approval of District’s Project Manager.

D. All installation shall be done in conformance with ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-C standards and manufacturers installation guidelines. Ensure that the maximum pulling tensions of the specified distribution cables are not exceeded and cable bends maintain the proper radius during the placement of the facilities.

E. The system must meet all local and other prevailing codes.

F. All cabling installations shall be performed by qualified technicians. The labor employed shall be regularly employed in the installation and repair of communication systems and shall be acceptable to the District’s Project Manager to engage in the installation and service of this system.

G. Special Equipment and Tools: In order to ensure the least amount of cable untwisting, it is required that all cables shall be stripped using a cable manufacturer’s recognized special tool. It shall be the responsibility of the Vendor to furnish any special installation equipment or tools necessary to properly complete the System. This may include, but is not limited to, tools for terminating cables, testing and splicing equipment for copper/fiber cables, communication devices, jack stands for cable reels, or cable winches.

H. Under no circumstance are "channel locks" or other multi-purpose pliers to be used.

I. The cable’s minimum bend radius and maximum pulling tension shall not be exceeded.

J. No cable is to be pulled through a conduit “L-bend” (conduits).

K. Conduit runs shall not exceed 100 feet or contain more than two 90 degree bends without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. Pull boxes are not to be used in lieu of a bend.

L. Reinstate all pull-wires in conduits and ducts after use to facilitate future addition of cables.

M. Cable raceways and conduits shall not be filled greater than the TIA/EIA recommended fill for the particular raceway or conduit size.

N. The use of lubricants (i.e. Yellow 77, Polywater) to facilitate the installation of cables in conduits is highly discouraged, however, if such a lubricant must be used, a lubricant specifically designed for the environment and type of cable being installed shall be used. (E.G. the use of outside plant, low temperature cable lubricants shall not be acceptable in an indoor plenum environment.) Under no circumstances shall cable pulling lubricant be allowed to accumulate on walls, floors, backboards, or other surfaces outside the conduit.

O. Any cable damaged or exceeding recommended installation parameters during installation shall be replaced before final acceptance at no cost to the District.

P. Each station cable shall have 1 meter of service slack configured in an “S” shape via J-hooks at rack or wall field end and 3 feet of service loop at station outlet end. Service slack shall be located within 15’ of the MDF/BDF/IDF as required to maintain a neat and “workmanship like” installation.

Page 35 of 44


Q. The length of each individual run of horizontal cable from the administration subsystem to the information outlet shall not exceed 295-ft (90 m).

R. Each run of cable between the termination block and the information outlet shall be continuous without any joints or splices.

S. All station cable shall be placed in the interior of walls unless otherwise noted or obstructed.

T. Provide bushings, grommets and strain-relief for cables terminating at wall-mounted outlets and patch panels to ensure durable and robust connections. The bushings and grommets are intended to protect the cables from any sharp edges that present a risk to the cables. Ensure that all sharp edges are covered to protect the cables from damage.

U. All cable bundles exiting floor or wall penetrations and running into furniture or casework shall be wrapped in spiral wrap or split-loom tubing to protect the cabling and provide a neat installation.

V. Power Separation: No distribution cabling shall be placed alongside power lines, or share the same conduit, channel or sleeve with electrical apparatus. At no point shall the communications cables be tied to power cables or other building services. Station cables and tie cables installed within ceiling spaces shall be routed through these spaces at right angles to electrical power circuits.

W. Avoid electromagnetic interference (EMI) by maintaining adequate physical separation between telecommunications cabling and possible sources such as, but not limited to, electric motors, electric pencil sharpeners, transformers, fluorescent lights that share distribution space with telecommunications cabling, copiers that share work area space with line cords and terminals, large fax machines and power cords that supports such equipment.

X. All cable or innerduct shall run parallel or at right angles to building wall structures.

Y. Within walls, all cabling shall be installed within conduit to an elevation of + 6" above the accessible ceiling space.

Z. Cable tray shall be provided throughout the core of the building and throughout the

telecommunications room. The cable tray shall be basket type and sized per code to accommodate all cabling to be installed plus spare. Cable tray shall be a minimum of 12" wide by 4" deep. Note that all low voltage system cabling including EMS, security, access control, future CCTV, etc. shall route exposed above the ceiling and within the cable tray and each system cable shall be provided with a unique color or ease of service and maintenance.

AA. Mechanical duct work, sprinkler piping, plumbing piping, drain pipes, etc shall not

route above the cable tray.

BB. In suspended ceiling and raised floor areas where duct, cable trays or conduit are not available, cable bundles shall be supported via "J" hooks attached to the building structure and framework at a maximum of five (5) foot intervals. Minimum 1” wide J-hooks shall be appropriately sized to allow a minimum of 50% spare capacity for future cable installation. The Vendor shall include all costs in base bid

Page 36 of 44


for any additional supports/seismic bracing required by the Local Authority having Jurisdiction.

CC. Cables shall be bundled, in groups of 18 or less, station or other cabling with half inch hook and loop (Velcro®) strips tight enough to hold the bundle together in a cylindrical shape, but not so tight as to deform the cable geometry. It shall be possible to completely rotate all cable ties around all cable bundles. Plenum rated hook and loop ties will be used in all plenum areas. In areas where 2 or more bundles are traveling in close proximity, utilize a Chatsworth Rapidtrak Cable support system or equal.

DD. Cables or J hooks shall not be attached to lift out ceiling grid supports or laid directly on the ceiling grid.

EE. Cables or J hooks shall not be attached to or supported by fire sprinkler heads or delivery systems or any environmental sensor located in the ceiling air space.

FF. Conduit(s) and sleeve(s) shall be of suitable material, sized, installed, fire-stopped, and grounded as required by the NEC, ANSI/TIA/EIA standards and all other applicable codes and standards. Any conduit(s) and sleeve(s) added shall be approved by the District’s Project Manager prior to rough-in.

GG. Removal of the ceiling grid must be coordinated with the District’s Project Manager. All insulation shall be replaced in its original location.

HH. Cabling and Termination Identifications: A numbering and marking scheme must be used to identify all cable and cabling terminations. All cables, regardless of length, shall be marked and/or numbered at both ends. Marking codes and methodologies shall correspond to the instructions in this specification.

II. Ensure that all waste materials are disposed of in a safe manner. Pay particular attention to waste materials produced during the termination of optical fiber cabling. Ensure that all used components and fiber cut-offs are collected in purpose-made containers and disposed of properly.

JJ. Ladder tray mounting brackets shall be screwed to studs or to the properly mounted plywood wall field, not to drywall.

KK. Seismic Requirements: All equipment racks, equipment cabinet enclosures, cable runways, etc. shall be installed according to the local, state and/or federal seismic code.

LL. Cable bundles within the MDF/BDF/IDF shall be dressed into bundles of no more than 18 cables. Maintain each bundle with half inch, hook and loop strips every 18 inches. On completion of installation, neatly run and re-tie all cable bundles in the Closet.

MM. All exposed parts of the equipment, cabinets, and other equipment shall be left in a clean condition, unblemished and free of all dirt, dust, smudges, spots, fingerprints, etc.

NN. Conduits: All backbone cabling will run through dedicated conduits. All new conduits will be supplied with a pull string. Existing conduits shall be proven to be clear prior to pulling of cables. Supply pull string and pull rope for the installation of all cables in existing conduits. For all conduits left with available capacity, replace pull strings with ¼-inch pull rope during the course of his work. The installing contractor must seal all conduits with an approved sealing compound.

Page 37 of 44


OO. Use purpose-built pulling grips during cable installation. Do not pull cables by attaching pull wires to cable jackets, elements or reinforcement. The cable pulling tension shall be applied smoothly without jerks. Use strain gauges or equivalent measures to ensure that the maximum manufacturer recommended tensile load rating of the cables is not exceeded during installation.

PP. The number of cables in each conduit shall be controlled to allow for future cable installation and to stay within the manufacturer’s maximum allowable cable pulling tension. Conduit fill ratios shall not exceed the current requirements of the NEC.

QQ. Provide expansion plugs in all ducts/conduits entering the building. Seal all unused ducts/conduits with plugs that allow the pull-string to be tied off on the inside.

RR. All cabling shall be splice free unless otherwise noted on drawings.

SS. All grounds shall consist of #6 AWG copper wire and shall be supplied from an approved building ground and bonded to the main electrical ground. All cable sheaths and splice cases shall be grounded to a Telecommunications Ground Bus. Grounding must be in accordance with the NEC, NFPA, ANSI/TIA-607-B-2011 and all local codes and practices. Bond all metallic sheath communications cables entering the building per manufacturer specifications and NEC 770-33, 800-33 and 800-40.

TT. Each equipment cabinet and rack requires its own dedicated grounding connection to the grounding infrastructure. Grounding infrastructure can consist of either an “aisle ground” conductor placed at the ladder tray above each rack/cabinet, or by providing every rack/cabinet with its own dedicated #6 AWG (min.) green conductor back to the TMGB/TGB. All ground conductor attachments to the TMGB/TGB shall utilize 2-hole compression lugs.

Rack mounted equipment shall be grounded via the chassis, in accordance with

manufacturer’s instructions. The equipment chassis shall be bonded to the rack/cabinet using one of the following methods: 1. If the equipment has a separate grounding hole or stud, use a #6AWG

ground wire from the chassis ground hole/stud to the rack grounding bus. 2. If the manufacturer suggests grounding via the chassis mounting flanges,

use tri-lobular thread-forming screws (not self-tapping or sheet metal screws) to attach the equipment to the rack/cabinet rails. If the equipment mounting flanges are painted, remove the paint and apply an anti-oxidant, or use tri-lobular thread-forming screws and two (2) “Type B” internal-external tooth lock washers to safely ground equipment to the rack.

Bonding of ladder tray sections- Attach bonding straps to each ladder tray section

by utilizing either two (2) tri-lobular thread-forming screws (not self-tapping or sheet metal screws) or by using two (2) standard bolts with two (2) “Type B” internal-external tooth lock washers per bolt. If thread-forming screws are not used, remove paint at each connection point and use an approved anti-oxidant prior to attaching the bonding strap.

3.03 PENETRATIONS OF WALLS FLOORS AND CEILINGS

Page 38 of 44


A. Any penetrations through acoustical walls or other walls for cable pathways / cables shall be sealed in compliance with applicable code requirements and as directed by District’s Project Manager.

B. Replace all moisture and fire barrier material in ducts, conduits and other penetrations disturbed during installation of communications cabling.

C. Any penetrations through fire-rated walls for cable pathways / cables shall be sealed by use of a non-permanent fire blanket or other method in compliance with the current edition of NFPA and the NEC or other prevailing code and must be an approved UL Listed system. Do not use concrete or other non-removable substance for fire stopping on cable trays, wireways or conduits. This requirement also applies to maintaining fire ratings of all floors penetrated by conduits or devices designated for use by voice and data cabling.

D. Sealing material and application shall be an approved UL Listed system and shall be accomplished in such a manner that is acceptable to the local fire and building authorities having jurisdiction over this work. Any openings left unused shall also be sealed as part of this work.

1. Firestopping work shall be performed by a single contractor to maintain

consistency and accountability on the project. 2. Firestop installer shall be certified, licensed or otherwise qualified by the

firestopping manufacturer as having been provided the necessary training to install manufacturer’s products per specified requirements.

3. All installed through penetration firestops shall be identified via label, or

stencil. Label shall state that the fill material around the penetrating item is a firestop, and that it shall not be disturbed unless by an authorized contractor. The label shall include the firestop brand name, and the classified system number for which it was installed.

3.04 LABELING REQUIREMENTS

A. Labeling: Provide printed labels for all cables and cords, distribution frames, and outlet locations, according to the specifications. No labels are to be written by hand.

B. Numbers must be assigned to each outlet location using a logical designation convention. Before any permanent labels are installed on blocks, face plates or cables, a sample label of each various type listed below must be submitted to District’s Project Manager for written approval to ensure compliance with the labeling scheme, legibility, etc.

C. Station Faceplate Labeling. The following labeling scheme may be modified at the discretion of the District:

Example: 21.001 21 IDF location where cable originates (i.e., IDF room “#21”).

Page 39 of 44


001 Station Number

D. Station Outlet Labeling. The following is illustrative of the number convention to be used:

Example: Port A Port A - 1st Jack Example: Port B Port B - 2nd Jack

E. Station Cable Jacket Labeling. All station cables (Voice and Data) will be labeled within six inches of each termination end (e.g., at both ends, outlet end and BDF / IDF end) using “P-Touch” type, self-laminating cable markers.

Example: 21.001A 21 IDF location where cable originates (i.e., IDF room “#1”). 001 Station Number A Cable Identification (“A” for cable #1, “B” for cable #2)

F. Riser Cable Labeling. All riser cables will be labeled to reflect the origin and destination abbreviation for the cable and pair counts on large font (16 pitch) self-laminating labels, which shall be located within 18 inches of each end of the cable. Labels shall be placed on the cable to be visible without relocating surrounding cables.

Example #1: BDF1/IDF31/SM1/01-06

BDF1 Cable Origination

DF31 Cable Destination

SM1 Cable Type & Pair or Strand Count (ex. SM1 for single-mode fiber). Other possibilities include HB for hybrid fiber cable, MM for multimode cable, and SM for singlemode cable.)

01- 06 Cable pair or strand identification number (ex. cable 01- 01, indicates a 6-strand fiber cable)

G. Patch Panel Labels, Horizontal. All patch panels will be labeled using self-laminating laser patch panel label markers.

Page 40 of 44


Example: 001A

001 Station Number

A Cable Identification (“A” for data cable #1, “B” for data cable #2)

1. Data cable #1 shall be terminated adjacent to data cable #2 moving left to right and top to bottom.

H. Fiber Patch Panel Labels. All fiber patch panels will be labeled using self-laminating laser patch panel label markers. The scheme shall indicate: destination of connected cables on the patch panel followed by a slash (/), origination of connected cables on the patch panel followed by a slash (/), and the port number adjacent to the port

Example: BDF/IDF2/01

BDF Destination Patch Panel Location Designation

IDF22 Origination Patch Panel Location Designation

01 Indicates port number on both origin and destination patch panels.

I. Equipment Rack Labeling: All equipment racks shall be labeled according to their room identifier and a two-digit number. The labels will be engraved plastic plates, with 1”-high white letters on black background. The labels will be attached to the crossmember at the top front of each frame or rack with appropriately-sized sheet metal screws. Self-adhesive strips, glues, etc. are unacceptable.

Example: BDF1-01 BDF1 Room Designation 01 Rack Identifier

J. MDF/BDF/IDF Floor Plan Mounting Frame: Provide wall mountable floor plan mounting frame with removable Plexiglas front cover in each MDF/BDF/IDF. Frame and cover shall be sized to house 30”x42” floor plan drawing. Coordinate location of frame with District’s Project Manager prior to installation.

3.05 TESTING/WARRANTY

A. The testing is to show that there are no errors, damaged or incorrectly installed components, that the installation is correctly labeled and that all the installed components meet or exceed the criteria detailed in these specifications. Any test that does not show that a component is satisfactorily installed, as per these specifications, shall be repeated. If a test procedure needs to be modified to

Page 41 of 44


satisfactorily test some components, the modification shall be submitted for approval of the District’s Project Manger prior to the tests being conducted.

B. All outlets, cables, patch panels and associated components shall be fully assembled and labeled prior to testing. Any testing performed on incomplete systems shall be redone on completion of the work.

C. Provide the Districts' Project Manager with the opportunity to witness all testing. On reasonable request, the installer shall demonstrate that the test procedure competently identifies the fault conditions being tested for.

D. Complete all of the tests identified in these specifications.

E. Ensure that all test equipment is in calibration before delivery to site and throughout the testing period. The Installer shall be responsible for ensuring that any necessary tests and rework to maintain equipment's calibration status is carried out. Any tests performed on uncalibrated test equipment shall be repeated at the Installer’s cost.

F. The test documentation shall be available for inspection by the Districts' Project Manager during the installation period and copies shall be submitted to the Districts' Project Manager within fourteen days of completion of tests on cables in each area. The Installer shall retain a copy to aid preparation of Record Documents information. See Records Documents details under submittals section.

G. If on submittal of the Record documentation there are any missing test results or incorrectly named files, the test shall be repeated at the Installer’s expense.

H. Provide competent, factory-trained engineers and/or technicians, authorized by the manufacturer of the cabling system, to technically supervise and participate during all tests for the systems. Personnel shall be competent in and qualified by experience or training for comprehensive TDR and OTDR operation and troubleshooting, for both copper and optical fiber testing.

I. Test and certify the cabling system to minimum standards as set forth in the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C specifications for Ethernet and for Category 6 cable.

J. All cables and termination hardware shall be 100% tested for defects in installation and to verify cable performance under installed conditions. All conductors of each installed cable shall be verified usable by the installing contractor before system acceptance. Any defect in the cable system installation including but not limited to cable, connectors, feed-through couplers, patch panels, splices, and connector blocks shall be repaired or replaced in order to ensure 100% useable conductors in all cables installed.

K. Each Category 6 cable shall be tested using a ANSI/TIA-1152–2009 Category 6 Level IIIe / IEC 61935 Level IIIe or better ETL certified cable tester/analyzer.

L. Each installed cable shall be tested for installed length using a Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) device. The cables shall be tested from patch panel to patch panel, block to block, patch panel to outlet or block to outlet as appropriate. The cable length shall conform to the maximum distances set forth in the ANSI/TIA-568-C Standard. Cable lengths shall be recorded, referencing the cable identification number and circuit or pair number. For multi-pair cables, the shortest pair length shall be recorded as the length for the cable.

Page 42 of 44


M. When repairs and re-tests are performed, the problem found and corrective action taken shall be noted, and both the failed and passed test data shall be collocated in the binder. Correction of all damaged cables shall include replacing damaged cables with new cables in complete runs, replacing damaged connectors or remaking poor terminations. In-line cable joints, splices or distribution points will not be acceptable except where specified in this document. All damaged cables shall be removed from site.

N. Manufacturer Warranty: Provide a twenty (20) year Extended Product Warranty and System Assurance Warranty for the Category 6 cabling system.

O. Category 6 data cable shall be performance verified using an automated test set. This test set shall be capable of testing for the continuity and length parameters defined above, and provide results for the following tests:

1. Attenuation (Insertion Loss).

2. Return Loss (RL).

3. Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) – measured at both ends of each cable pair.

4. Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio (ACR).

5. Power Sum Near End Crosstalk (PSNEXT).

6. Power Sum Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio (PSACR).

7. Far End Crosstalk (FEXT).

8. Equal Level Far End Crosstalk (ELFEXT).

9. Power Sum Equal Level Far End Crosstalk (PSELFEXT).

P. Optical Fiber Cable Testing: All fiber testing shall be performed on all fibers in the completed end to end system including any and all fusion splices.

1. Testing shall consist of a bi-directional end to end power meter test performed per TIA-526-7. The system loss measurements shall be provided at 1310 and 1550 for single mode fibers.

2. Loss Budget: Fiber links shall have a maximum loss of: (allowable cable loss per km)*(km of fiber in link) + (.4dB)*(number of connectors) = maximum allowable loss.

3. For all end to end fiber runs greater than 300 ft. in length, and any run less than 300 ft. in length that does not meet the minimum loss requirement, testing shall also include a bi-directional end to end OTDR trace.

4. Graphical printouts shall be taken of OTDR trace tests for each element. These printouts shall be stapled or otherwise attached to 11" x 8.5" size sheets. They shall be printed at an appropriate scale, such as 0.5 dB per division for the attenuation axis. Provide diskette copies of the OTDR traces to the District on completion of the testing. Provide a copy of the emulation software and the appropriate license to the client.

5. Pre-installation cable testing: It is recommended that all fiber cable be tested prior to the installation.

6. Any link not meeting the requirements of the standard shall be brought into compliance at no additional charge to District.

Page 43 of 44


PART 4 – OTHER PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

4.01 COMPLETION OF WORK

A. At the completion of the System, restore to its former condition, all aspects of the

project site and on a daily basis, shall remove all waste and excess materials, rubbish debris, tools and equipment resulting from or used in the services provided.

B. Final Punch Walk: The District shall complete a final inspection to determinate if

all conditions of the scope of work are completed to the District’s satisfaction. A “punch list” will be formulated within (2) days of the punch walk and be presented to the installing contractor for completion prior to final project sign-off by the District. If an item is missed during the punch walk or not included on the “punch list” for any reason, it does not release the Vendor from completing the scope of work as defined in the specification or drawings.

C. Submit complete Record Documentation as outlined in submittals section prior to

project sign-off by District.

4.02 SYSTEM AND/OR NETWORK TESTING A. Upon completion of installation, execute all of the required tests as summarized in

this specification. When all such tests have been completed to District’s satisfaction and Manufacturer’s specifications, present to District written notice thereof.

B. Vendor assumes responsibility of assuring that the system and/or network installed

operates properly, including any required coordination with other suppliers, vendors, or contractors.

END OF SECTION

Page 44 of 44


Network Cabling Global Specification

Information Technologies

May 20, 2016

Bruce Hagan

Director of Technology Services


Page 2 of 46

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES

Table of Contents

I. GENERAL 3

A. Purpose 3 B. Scope of Work - Typical 3

C. Applicable Regulatory References 4

D. Substitution Policy 7 E. Contractor Qualifications 7

F. Warranty 9

II. Installation and Maintenance Guidelines 12

A. Maintenance of Patch Fields 12

B. Cable Pulling and Termination 12

III. Cabling Systems and Associated Infrastructure 15

A. Cabling Subsystem I – Horizontal Cabling System 15

C. Cabling Subsystems II and III - Intrabuilding and Interbuilding Backbone Fiber 24 D. Cable Pathways 27

E. 19” Racks and Rack-mount Cable Managers 29

F. Cable Accessories 34

G. Communications Grounding Network 34

IV. Network Labeling 37

A. General Requirements 37

V. Testing and Acceptance 38

A. General 38

B. Copper Link Testing 38 C. Fiber Testing 38

D. System Documentation 39 E. Test Results 39

Appendix A – Materials List 41


Page 3 of 46


I. GENERAL

A. Purpose

1. The purpose of this document is to provide a standard defining the structured communications

cabling systems to be installed within Irvine Valley College facilities. It is geared toward leveraging

our legacy cabling infrastructure while upgrading to more recent technologies in new installations.

The goal is to accomplish this in the most economic and systematic fashion possible, and in a

manner compliant with the latest codes, cabling standards and industry best practices.

2. Within this document, the facilities owner is Irvine Valley College, and shall be referred to as such,

or as “Irvine Valley College”, or as “Information Technologies”. Bidding low-voltage installers shall

be referred to as “Contractor”.

3. This specification defines quality standards and practices common to all Irvine Valley College

enterprise network cabling upgrades and (new) projects.

4. In addition to this global cabling standard, individual projects will also have associated

documentation such as Requests for Proposals (RFP), facility drawings, project schedules and

requirements pertaining to that particular job. Such collateral will be referred to in this document as

“Project-specific Documentation”, “Project Documentation”, or simply “Construction Documents”.

Any conflict between this general specification and any project-specific documentation shall be

brought to the attention of Irvine Valley College and must be resolved in writing.

5. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to evaluate these general recommendations and

adapt them effectively to actual projects. Contractor is responsible for identifying and bringing to the

attention of Irvine Valley College any design directions that may be improved. All such changes

shall be approved in writing from Information Technologies.

6. Note that while many portions of this global specification are addressed to "The Contractor", these

requirements apply equally to anyone doing the network cabling and infrastructure work within

Irvine Valley College, whether those persons are outside contractors or persons directly employed

by Information Technologies.

B. Scope of Work - Typical

1. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all parts, labor, testing, documentation and all other

associated processes and physical apparatus necessary to turn over the completed system fully

warranted and operational for acceptance by Irvine Valley College

2. This specification includes structured cabling design considerations, product specifications and

installation guidelines for low-voltage network systems and associated infrastructure including, but

not limited to:

a. Cabling Sub-system 1 – Horizontal Copper

b. Cabling Sub-system 2 - Intrabuilding Fiber Backbone Cabling


Page 4 of 46


c. Cabling Sub-system 3 – Interbuilding Fiber Backbone Cabling

d. Telecommunications Pathways

e. Communications Racks and Cable Managers

f. Communications Grounding Systems

g. Cabling Labeling and Administration

3. In addition to systems specifications, this document also addresses applicable codes and

standards, contractor qualifications and requirements, system warranties and system testing and

acceptance.

4. Products to be used in Irvine Valley College telecommunications infrastructure projects are listed in

“Appendix A” at the end of this document.

C. Applicable Regulatory References

1. Contractor is responsible for knowledge and application of current versions of all applicable

standards and codes. In cases where listed standards and codes have been updated, Contractor

shall adhere to the most recent revisions, including all relevant changes or addenda at the time of

installation.

2. ANSI/TIA:

a. TIA-526-7 (OFSTP-7) (2008) Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable

Plant

b. TIA-526-14-B (2010) (OFSTP-14) Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable

Plant

c. ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-C (January 2005) Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding

d. ANSI/TIA-568-C.0 (September 2010) Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises

e. TIA-568-C.0-1 (September 2010) Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises-

Addendum 1, Updated Reference for Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling

f. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1 (February 2009) Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards

g. TIA-568-C.1-2 (November 2011) Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,

Addendum 2 General Updates

h. ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 (August 2009) Balance Twisted Pair Communications and Components Standards

i. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 (June 2008) Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard

j. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3-1 (December 2011) Optical Fiber Cabling Component Standard- Addendum 1,

Addition of OM4 Cabled Optical Fiber and array connectors

k. ANSI/TIA-1183 (August 2012) Test Fixtures for Balun-Less Measurements of Balanced Components and


Page 5 of 46


Systems

l. ANSI/TIA-568-C.4 (July 2011) Broadband Coaxial Cabling Components Standard

m. ANSI/TIA-942-A (August 2012) Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers

n. ANSI/TIA-942-A-1 (March 2013) Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers,

Addendum 1 - Cabling Guidelines for Data Center Fabrics

o. TIA-569-C (May 2012) Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces

p. TIA-569-C-1 (February 2013) Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces Addendum 1- Revised

Temperature and Humidity Requirements for Telecommunications Spaces

q. ANSI/TIA-606-B (June 2012) Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure

r. TIA-607-B (September 2011) Generic Telecommunications Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding for

Customer Premises

s. TIA-607-B-1 (January 2013) Generic Telecommunications Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding for

Customer Premises - External Grounding Addendum

t. TIA-607-B-2 (August 2013) Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for

Customer Premises Addendum 2 – Structural Metal

u. TIA-758-B (April 2012) Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunication Infrastructure Standard

v. ANSI/TIA-598-C-2005, Optical Fiber Cable Color-coding

w. TIA-1152 (September 2009) Requirements for Field Test Instruments and Measurements for Balanced

Twisted-Pair Cabling

x. ANSI/TIA-862-A (April 2011) Building Automation Systems Cabling Standard

y. ANSI/TIA-1005 (March 2009) Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Industrial Premises

z. TIA-1005-1 (March 2010) Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Industrial Premises;

Addendum 1 - Industrial Pathways and Spaces

aa. TIA, TSB-140 Additional Guidelines for Field-Testing Length, Loss and Polarity of Optical Fiber Cabling

Systems

bb. TSB-155-A: Guidelines for the Assessment and Mitigation of Installed Category 6 Cabling to Support

10GBASE-T

cc. TSB-184: Guidelines for Supporting Power Delivery Over Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling

dd. TSB-190: Guidelines on Shared Pathways and Shared Sheaths

3. ISO/IEC

a. ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2.2: Information Technology – Generic Cabling For Customer Premises

b. ISO/IEC 24702 Edition 1.0: Information Technology – Generic Cabling – Industrial Premises

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/tia-standards

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/category/tia/tsb-140-optical-fiber-field-testing

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/category/tia/tsb-140-optical-fiber-field-testing

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/tsb-155-a-guidelines-for-the-assessment-and-mitigation-of-installed-category-6-cabling-to-support-10gbase-t

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/tsb-155-a-guidelines-for-the-assessment-and-mitigation-of-installed-category-6-cabling-to-support-10gbase-t

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/tsb-184-power-delivery-over-twisted-pair-cabling

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/tsb-190-shared-sheaths-and-shared-pathways

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-11801-edition-2-2-information-technology-%e2%80%93-generic-cabling-for-customer-premises

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-11801-edition-2-2-information-technology-%e2%80%93-generic-cabling-for-customer-premises

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-24702-edition-1-0-information-technology-%e2%80%93-generic-cabling-%e2%80%93-industrial-premises

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-24702-edition-1-0-information-technology-%e2%80%93-generic-cabling-%e2%80%93-industrial-premises


Page 6 of 46


c. ISO/IEC 24764 Edition 1.0: Information Technology – Generic Cabling Systems For Data Centres

d. ISO/IEC 14763-2 Edition 1.0: Implementation and Operation of Customer Premises Cabling – Part 2:

Planning and Installation

e. ISO/IEC 14763-3 Edition 1.1: Implementation and Operation of Customer Premises Cabling – Part 3:

Testing of Optical Fibre Cabling

4. National Electric Codes

a. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) (IEEE C2-2012)

b. ANSI/NFPA 70-2011, National Electrical Code© (NEC©)

c. ANSI/IEEE C2-207, National Electrical Safety Code®

d. National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70)

5. OSHA Standards and Regulations – all applicable

6. Local Codes and Standards – all applicable

7. BICSI – Building Industry Consultative Services International

a. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, 13th Edition

b. ANSI/BICSI 005-2013, Electronic Safety and Security (ESS) System Design and Implementation Best

Practices

c. Information Transport Systems Installation Methods Manual (ITSIMM), 6th Edition

d. ANSI/BICSI 002-2011, Data Center Design and Implementation Best Practices

e. Network Systems and Commissioning (NSC) reference, 1st Edition

f. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 568-2006, Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling

g. NECA/BICSI 607-2011, Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and

Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings

h. AV Design Reference Manual, 1st Edition

i. Network Design Reference Manual, 7th Edition

j. Outside Plant Design Reference Manual, 5th Edition

k. Wireless Design Reference Manual, 3rd Edition

l. Electronic Safety and Security Design Reference Manual, 3rd Edition

m. Commercial Installation On-the-Job Training Booklet

n. Telecommunications Project Management (TPM) reference, 1st Edition

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-24764-edition-1-0-information-technology-%e2%80%93-generic-cabling-systems-for-data-centres

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-24764-edition-1-0-information-technology-%e2%80%93-generic-cabling-systems-for-data-centres

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-14763-2-edition-1-0-implementation-and-operation-of-customer-premises-cabling-%e2%80%93-part-2-planning-and-installation



http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-14763-3-edition-1-1-implementation-and-operation-of-customer-premises-cabling-%e2%80%93-part-3-testing-of-optical-fibre-cabling

http://blog.siemon.com/standards/isoiec-14763-3-edition-1-1-implementation-and-operation-of-customer-premises-cabling-%e2%80%93-part-3-testing-of-optical-fibre-cabling


Page 7 of 46


8. Anywhere cabling standards conflict with electrical or safety codes, Contractor shall defer to the

NEC and any applicable local codes or ordinances, or default to the most stringent requirements

listed by either.

9. Knowledge and execution of applicable standards and codes is the sole responsibility of the

Contractor.

10. Any violations of applicable standards or codes committed by the Contractor shall be remedied at

the Contractor’s expense.

D. Substitution Policy

1. This is a performance-based specification based on the experience of Irvine Valley College in

providing exceptional solutions for all of our facilities and departments. As such, substitution of

specified systems is discouraged, but allowed if Contractor strictly follows the Irvine Valley College

Substitution Policy outlined below.

2. Contractors offering product substitutions or equivalents are responsible for proving equal or

superior mechanical and transmission performance to those products listed herein.

3. The process for substituting products other than those specified is as follows:

a. Any Contractor wishing to offer structured cabling or associated infrastructure products other than those

specified shall submit a request for product substitution in writing no less than one week in advance of

bid.

b. Written requests for substitution shall be accompanied by three samples of the substitution product along

with associated drawings, specification sheets and engineering documents for evaluation by Irvine Valley

College.

c. Any copper or fiber cabling products that carry signal shall be accompanied by third party laboratory

performance test reports from an ITS/ETL, proving equivalency in transmission performance.

d. Performance tests from the manufacturer of the product will not be accepted. Tests other than channel

link will not be accepted.

e. Equal product acceptance must be received from Irvine Valley College in writing to be valid.

f. Contractor shall assume all costs for removal and replacement of any substituted product installed without

prior written approval. Such costs shall include but not be limited to labor, materials as well as any

penalties, fees or costs incurred for late completion.

E. Contractor Qualifications

1. General

a. Contractor must have at least 5 years documented experience installing and testing structured cabling

systems of similar type and size.


Page 8 of 46


b. Contractor shall have offices and service personnel based with a fifty mile radius of Irvine Valley College

and be capable of same-day response to service calls.

c. Contractor shall employ at least one BICSI Registered Communication Distribution Designer (RCDD) to

sign-off on all designs offered, including stamping the design with their current BICSI/RCDD stamp.

d. Contractor shall have the responsibility to obtain any of the necessary permits, licenses, and inspections

required for the performance of data, voice, and fiber optic cable installations.

e. Contactor shall be a current Panduit Certified Installer (PCI) or accepted substitute manufacturer (See

Substitution Policy). A copy of the corporate manufacturer certification must be included with quote.

f. At least 30 percent of the technicians on the job must have a current Panduit Certified Copper Technicians

certificate, or accepted substitute manufacturer, to install copper distribution systems.

g. At least 30 percent of the technicians installing any Fiber Distribution Systems must have a current

Panduit Certified Fiber Technicians certificate, or accepted substitute manufacturer certificate, to install

fiber distribution systems

h. The Telecommunications contractor must provide a project manager to serve as the single point of contact

to manage the installation, speak for the contractor and provide the following functions:

Initiate and coordinate tasks with the Irvine Valley College Project Manager and others as

specified by the project schedule.

Provide day to day direction and-site supervision of Contractor personnel.

Ensure conformance with all contract and warranty provisions.

Participate in weekly site project meetings.

This individual will remain project manager for the duration of the project. The contractor may

change Project Manager only with the written approval of Irvine Valley College.

i. Contractor Project manager must be manufacturer certified in the copper and fiber information transport

systems to be installed.

2. References

a. Communications Contractor shall provide with bid, a list of three reference accounts where similar Data,

Voice, Fiber Optic Cable, and related equipment installation work was performed within the last year

(twelve month period).

3. Termination of Services

a. Irvine Valley College reserves the right to terminate the Communication Contractor’s services if at any

time the Irvine Valley College Engineer determines the Communication Contractor is not fulfilling their

responsibilities as defined within this document.

b. Contractor’s appearance and work ethics shall be of a professional manner, dress shall be commensurate

with work being performed.

c. Dress displaying lewd or controversial innuendos will strictly be prohibited.


Page 9 of 46


d. Conduct on Irvine Valley College property will be professional in nature.

e. Any person in the Contractor’s employ working on a Irvine Valley College project considered by Irvine

Valley College to be incompetent or disorderly, or for any other reason unsatisfactory or undesirable to

the Information Technologies, such person shall be removed from work on the Irvine Valley College

project.

f. Upon termination, the Communications Contractor shall be restricted from the premises and

compensated for the percentage of work completed satisfactorily.

4. Other Contractor Responsibilities

a. Confirmation of Pathway and Cable Manager Sizing:

Wherever cabling pathways or managers are installed, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to

confirm pathway or manager sizing to represent no more than 30% fill according to

manufacturer’s fill charts based on projected cable densities when racking systems and cabling

pathways are fully populated.

Pathways overfilled upon installation will not be accepted and shall be remedied at Contractor

expense.

b. Contractor is responsible for the removal and disposal of all installation and construction debris created

in the process of the job. All work areas will be cleaned at the conclusion of the workday and no tools or

materials shall be left in a manner as to pose a safety hazard.

c. Contractor must remove all abandoned cable per Article 800 of the National Electrical Code and per TIA

and BICSI standards, recycling these materials where possible. Removal of orphaned cable is mandatory.

Contractors must consider this when placing bids.

d. Contractor shall abide by the regulations set by local Irvine Valley College’s Security Policy pertaining to

access and conduct while on Irvine Valley College property.

e. Contractor shall all obey all posted speed limits and parking regulations at the Irvine Valley College

facilities where the work is being performed.

F. Warranty

1. General

a. Contractor shall provide a 25 year Panduit Certification PLUS™ System Warranty (or Irvine Valley College

approved equal) on all copper and fiber permanent cabling links.

b. It is understood the Certification PLUS™ Warranty is a system performance warranty guaranteeing for 25

years from acceptance that the installed system shall support all data link protocols for which that

Category of copper cabling system or fiber OM/OS designation of fiber optic system is engineered to

support according to current and future IEEE and TIA standards.

c. The Certification PLUS™ System Warranty may be invoked only if the cabling channel links are comprised

of continuous Panduit/General Cable components, including patch cords, equipment cords and fiber

jumpers.


Page 10 of 46


d. Upon acceptance of Warranty, Panduit will mail a notification letter to the installer and a notification letter

and warranty certificate to Irvine Valley College.

2. Contractor Warranty Obligations

a. Installation firm (Contractor) must be a current Panduit Certified Installer (PCI) or approved equivalent

manufacturer in good standing and shall include a copy of the company installation certification with the

bid.

b. Contractor shall name a supervisor to serve on site as a liaison responsible to inspect and assure all

terminations are compliant to factory methods taught in Panduit Technician Certification Training, or

approved equal, and according to all Standards cited in the Regulatory References section of this

document.

c. Contractor liaison (project supervisor) shall have a current, up-to-date Panduit Certified Technician (PCT)

certificate in both copper and fiber. Copies of the copper and fiber certificates of the Panduit liaison shall

be submitted with the bid. These requirements are the same for accepted equivalent manufacturers. See

“Substitution Policy” for mandatory procedure when offering substitutions.

d. Fiber optic cabling system additions and upgrade to existing facilities (Brownfield) shall match the fiber

type (OM/OS designation) of the system to which it is being installed. Contractor shall under no

circumstances mix different OM/OS classes of cable or termination devices (connectors) within the same

system.

e. All intra-building new fiber optic installations shall utilize an appropriate construction of OM3/OM4 or

OS1/OS2 fiber as specified herein.

f. All UTP cable pulled and terminated shall be Category 6/6A cable and connectivity whether new or legacy

systems.

g. All UTP terminations within the Irvine Valley College Greenfield (new) projects shall be terminated using

the T568B pin-out (wire map). Legacy additions shall match the copper pin-out of the facility to which

cabling is being added-to or upgraded.

h. Contractor shall install all racking and support structures according to cited Standards in such fashion as

to maintain both cited industry standards as well as manufacturer recommendations for uniform support,

protection, and segregation of different cable types,

i. Contractor is responsible for maintenance of maximum pulling tensions, minimum bend radius, and

approved termination methods as well as adhering to industry accepted practices of good workmanship.

j. Contractor is responsible for understanding and submitting to Panduit all documents required prior to

project start to apply for the Panduit Certification PLUS warranty. These include but are not limited to the

project information form and SCS warranty agreement. These requirements are the same for accepted

equivalent manufacturers. See “Substitution Policy” for mandatory procedure when offering substitutions.

k. Contractor is responsible for understanding and submitting to Panduit all documents required at project

end. These include, but are not limited to: completed warranty forms, passing test reports and drawings

of floor plans showing locations of links tested. These requirements are the same for accepted equivalent

manufacturers. See “Substitution Policy” for mandatory procedure when offering substitutions.

l. Test results shall be delivered in the tester native format (not Excel) and represent the full test report,


Page 11 of 46


summaries shall not be accepted. Contact your Panduit representative for a current list of approved

testers, test leads and latest operating systems.

m. The Communications Contractor will correct any problems and malfunctions that are warranty-related

issues without additional charge to Irvine Valley College for the entire warranty period.

n. The warranty period shall commence following the final acceptance of the project by Irvine Valley College

and written confirmation of Warranty from Panduit. These requirements are the same for accepted

equivalent manufacturers. See “Substitution Policy” for mandatory procedure when offering substitutions.

<END OF SECTION>


Page 12 of 46


II. Installation and Maintenance Guidelines

A. Maintenance of Patch Fields

1. Any persons, whether with a Contractor or Irvine Valley College , adding or moving copper or fiber

optic patch (equipment) cords shall do so in a neat, workmanlike fashion in keeping with the original

system cable management design concept and according to all industry best practices as outlined

in cabling standards and applicable BICSI publications referenced in this document.

2. Persons performing such moves, adds or changes (MACs) shall further adhere to the following:

a. Use existing cabling management pathways and take care to place cable like with like, maintaining

original segregation strategies for separating fiber and copper cables as well as any separation necessary

between different types of copper cables.

b. Cables shall be dressed neatly within patch management pathways with care taken to maintain minimum

bend radius of not less than 1 times the cord outer diameter for copper and not less than a 1" bend radius

for fiber jumpers as per ANSI/TIA 568-C.0.

c. All patch cords used shall be of same Copper Category or Fiber OM/OS designation as the media used

in the permanent cabling links.

d. Patching in all cases shall be done using factory terminated cords manufactured for that purpose. Hand

terminated patch cords will not be accepted.

e. All patch cords or jumpers must be completely contained within supplied cable management paths.

Cables draped across the front cabinets or racks will not be accepted and shall be remedied at

Contractor’s expense.

f. Any persons installing or moving fiber optic patch cords for any reason will clean the connector with lint-

free wipes and 99% or higher isopropyl alcohol before replacing the connector in a patch or equipment

port.

g. Any technicians, whether with Irvine Valley College or Contractors performing moves, adds or changes

within patch field will label additions to the system according to the labeling conventions in place at that

facility.

h. Any persons with Irvine Valley College or installing Contractor performing moves, adds or changes within

patch field will record the move according to record system in place at that facility.

B. Cable Pulling and Termination

1. General

a. Contractor is responsible for installing systems according to all applicable codes and the standards cited

in this document.

b. Contractor shall use grommets to protect the cable when passing through metal studs or any openings

that can possibly cause damage to the cable. This includes grommets on ends of hard conduit where


Page 13 of 46


used.

c. Do not deform the jacket of the cable. The jacket shall be continuous, free from pinholes, splits, blisters,

burn holes or other imperfections.

d. Install proper cable supports, spaced less than 5 feet apart, and within manufacturer’s requirements for

fill ratio and load ratings.

e. Leave a pull string to the end of each conduit run. Replace pull string if it was used for a cable pull.

f. Note service loops may not touch the drop-ceiling assembly. Any portion of the communications cabling

making contact with ceiling structures must be remedied at the Contractor expense.

g. Label every cable within 12 in. of the ends with self-laminating wire wrap cable appropriate to that cable

size. Use a unique number for each cable segment as required by the project documentation and the

labeling section of this document.

h. Dress the cables neatly with hook and loop cable ties in telecommunications rooms. Plastic ties are

approved in pathways where cable bundles will not be reentered. Contractor responsible for using plenum

ties and appliances in air-return (plenum) spaces as required by the local AHJ (Authority Having

Jurisdiction).

i. Contractors installing cabling systems in Irvine Valley College facilities shall install plenum rated cable in

all instances. Non-plenum cable is not allowed and shall be removed at Contractor’s expense.

1. Copper

a. When making additions to legacy systems, Contractor shall match the cabling configuration (pinout) of

the existing systems. Legacy systems at Irvine Valley College are in most cases T568B.

b. Within all new (Greenfield) installations within Irvine Valley College facilities, contactor shall use copper

pinout T568B.

c. All four pair Category 6/6A cable runs shall be kept to a maximum permanent link length of 83 meters

when using a total 10 meters of 28 awg ”small diameter” patch cords.

d. Copper links that are 90 meters in permanent link, shall not exceed 6 meters (total) of patch cords when

using 28 awg “small diameter” patch cords.

e. Use low to moderate force when pulling cable. Maximum tensile load may not exceed 25’ lbs. maximum

pulling force per 4 pair cable.

f. No pathway, including conduits shall have greater than a 35% fill per manufacturer fill charts. Contractor

is responsible for bringing to the attention of Irvine Valley College project manager any insufficiently sized

conduit or cable pathways in project documentation.

g. Keep Category 6/6A cables as far away from potential sources of EMI (electrical cables, transformers,

light fixtures, etc.) as required in cited TIA Standards.

h. All copper horizontal cabling shall have slack service loops no less than 12” at the work area (equipment

outlet) and not less than 3 feet in the telecommunications room.

i. Slack at the work area may be stored in the ceiling or in the wall space. Service loops in the


Page 14 of 46


telecommunications room may be wall mounted or contained in pathways or racking systems if done in a

neat, workmanlike fashion.

j. Service loops shall be stored in such fashion as to not violate bend radius, slack touching the drop ceiling

is not allowed and must be remedied at Contractor expense.

k. Maintain the twists of the pairs all the way to the point of termination, or no more than 0.5" (one half inch)

untwisted.

l. All UTP patching shall be accomplished using Category 6/6A rated modular patch panels as indicated

elsewhere in this document.

m. All removed copper cable is to be disposed of in a Irvine Valley College recycling bin designated for

“copper”, or removed from the property to be disposed of by Contractor if this is the instructions in the

project documentation.

2. Fiber

a. When making additions to legacy systems, Contractor shall match the fiber type and fiber connectors

used within that system.

b. Within all new (Greenfield) fiber installations within Irvine Valley College, contactor shall use Panduit

OptiCam LC connectors as specified in the fiber section of this document.

c. When installing fiber cable, Contractor shall maintain a minimum bend radius, both under pulling load and

static (installed), per requirements outlined within TIA standards, or manufacturer’s recommendations,

whichever is the most stringent.

d. Fiber terminations shall be done according to recommendations of TIA, manufacturer’s requirements and

accepted industry best practices.

e. All unjacketed fiber shall be contained within appropriate fiber enclosures. Exposed tight-buffered or

loose-tube strands will not be tolerated and shall be remedied at Contractor’s expense.

f. Contractor shall use fusion splices when terminating loose-tube fiber in legacy installations. New

installations shall use indoor/outdoor tight-buffered fiber constructions.

g. Contractor shall perform test setup and testing according to guidelines in the “Testing and Acceptance”

section of this document.

<END OF SECTION>


Page 15 of 46


III. Cabling Systems and Associated Infrastructure

A. Cabling Subsystem I – Horizontal Cabling System

1. Slack (Service Loops) in Horizontal UTP Cable

a. Horizontal cable in Irvine Valley College facilities is routed through conduit, but electrical boxes are not

used for low-voltage communications cable.

b. Contractor shall use low-voltage mounting brackets (“box-eliminators”) for mounting low-voltage

communications faceplates.

c. Contractor shall provide a minimum 12” slack or service loop at the equipment outlet (work area) on each

terminated copper horizontal permanent link. Work area slack shall be contained within the wall behind

the faceplate if this may be done easily without violating cable bend radius.

a. Where there is not sufficient space behind the faceplate, Contractor may pull work area slack into the

ceiling space and properly store service loop with appropriately rated hook and loop cable ties. Cable

slack shall in no instances touch the ceiling grid or associated drop ceiling components or fixtures.

b. Contractor shall provide a minimum of 10 feet slack or service loop in the horizontal telecommunications

room on each terminated copper horizontal permanent link, to be stored on the wall backboard using

appropriate mounting fixtures built to that purpose (i.e. D-rings).

c. Contractor should consult project-specific documentation or the Irvine Valley College project liaison for

other mounting methods where wall mount is not an option.

2. Metal Conduit

a. Cable in horizontal runs in classrooms shall be routed and contained in metal conduit.

b. Contractor shall size conduit large enough to accommodate at least 50% growth, i.e. conduit for 4 cables

shall be sized to accommodate 6 cables, etc.

3. Equipment Outlets (Faceplates)

a. When adding horizontal cabling to existing facilities (Brownfield) within Irvine Valley College, Contractor

shall match the existing cable plant in regards to color of existing raceway and faceplates.

b. Flush mount faceplates in new projects (Greenfield) shall be Mini-Com® Classic Series Faceplates with

Label and Label Cover or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent.

c. Faceplates shall be form-molded plastic, single-gang, International White (eggshell) in color and available

in 2, 3, 4 and 6 hole versions. Faceplates shall further have the following characteristics:

Accept Mini-Com ® Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, and audio/video, which snap in and

out for easy moves, adds, and changes.

Include label/label covers for easy port identification.

Have available replacement label/label covers.


Page 16 of 46


d. Contractor shall use blank inserts to reserve space on any unused positions (holes) in faceplates.

e. See appendix A for part numbers.

4. Equipment Outlets – Surface Boxes

a. Wireless Access Points (WAPs) mounted on walls and ceilings utilize (2) Category 6A horizontal runs

(drops) terminated in a 2 port white Mini-Com® Surface Mount.

b. Two hole boxes shall further meet the following requirements:

Accept Mini-Com ® Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, and audio/video, which snap in and

out for easy moves, adds, and changes.

Mount easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive tape, or optional magnet (CBM-X).

Cable entry from side and rear knockouts and from opening in center of base.

CBXJ2 and CBX2 include built-in removable blank to add a second module.

Optional adhesive labels available.

5. Copper Jacks – All Work Areas Category 6

a. Copper jacks shall be Mini-Com® TX6™ PLUS UTP Jack Modules or Irvine Valley College approved

equivalent.

b. Category 6 jacks at the work area shall be color white to match the faceplate.

c. Jacks used to populate angled modular panels shall be black.

d. Category 6 jacks shall further meet the following requirements:

Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class E standards

Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications

Be 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and be individually serialized for

traceability.

Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and visually distinguish connections to

prevent unintentional mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs accommodating

more discrete networks.

Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX ™Technology for jack terminations which

optimizes performance by maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating conductor

untwist.

Have contacts plated with 50 micro inches of gold for superior performance.

Require no punch down tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures conductors are fully

terminated by utilizing a smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal

components for maximum reliability.


Page 17 of 46


Have available a high-volume “gun-style” optional termination tool (TGJT) that reduces

termination time by 25% and is ideal for high volume installations.

Have guaranteed ability to be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times without measurable

degradation of performance.

Employ a white termination cap to designate Category 6 performance at a glance and

provides positive strain relief; help control cable bend radius and securely retain terminated

cable.

Have range to terminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded twisted pair cable.

Utilize a universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and T568B wiring schemes for

flexibility across installations.

Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage to conductor pins.

Identified options that include optional labels and icons.

Be compatible with Mini-Com ® Modular Patch Panels, Faceplates, and Surface Mount

Boxes.

Have available optional RJ45 blockout device that blocks out unauthorized access to jack

modules and potentially harmful foreign objects, saving time and money associated with

data security breaches, network downtime, repair, and hardware replacement

Have an optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not in use.

e. See Appendix A at the end of this document for part numbers.

6. Copper Jacks - Wireless Access Points (WAPs) Category 6A

a. Copper jacks shall be Mini-Com® TX6A™ PLUS UTP Jack Modules or Irvine Valley College approved

equivalent.

b. Category 6A jacks at the WAP area shall be color white to match the 2 port surface box.

c. Jacks used to populate angled modular panels shall be black.

d. Category 6A jacks shall further meet the following requirements:

Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 Class EA standards

Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications

Be 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and be individually serialized for

traceability.

Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and visually distinguish connections to prevent

unintentional mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs accommodating more

discrete networks.


Page 18 of 46


Include MaTriX split foil tape to suppress the effects of alien crosstalk, allowing 10 Gb/s

transmission even in high density 48-port, 1RU patch panels.

Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX ™Technology for jack terminations which optimizes

performance by maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating conductor untwist.

Meets ANSI/TIA-1096-A contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior performance.

Require no punch down tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures conductors are fully

terminated by utilizing a smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal components

for maximum reliability.

Have available a high-volume “gun-style” optional termination tool (TGJT) that reduces

termination time by 25% and is ideal for high volume installations.

Have guaranteed ability to be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times without measurable

degradation of performance.

Employ a blue termination cap to designate Category 6A performance at a glance and provides

positive strain relief; help control cable bend radius and securely retain terminated cable.

Have range to terminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded twisted pair cable.

Utilize a universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and T568B wiring schemes for

flexibility across installations.

Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage to conductor pins.

Identified options that include optional labels and icons.

Be compatible with Mini-Com ® Modular Patch Panels, Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes.

Have available optional RJ45 blockout device that blocks out unauthorized access to jack

modules and potentially harmful foreign objects, saving time and money associated with data

security breaches, network downtime, repair, and hardware replacement

Have an optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not in use.

e. See Appendix A at the end of this document for part numbers.

7. Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable – All Work Areas

a. Inside 4 pair horizontal cable for Irvine Valley College facilities shall be blue jacketed plenum rated

General Cable GenSPEED® 6000 Enhanced Category 6 UTP Copper Cable or Hawthorne USD

approved equivalent.

b. In addition, performance of the Category 6 UTP Copper Cable must meet the following mechanical and

performance criteria:

Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class E

channel standards.

Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE and PoE+ applications.


Page 19 of 46


Third party tested to comply with ANSI/TIA-568-C.2.

Cable diameter: Riser 0.235 in. nominal, Plenum 0.215 in. nominal.

Installation temperature range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C).

Operating temperature range: -4°F to 167°F (-20°C to 75°C).

Innovative cross-web design allowing for maximum pair separation, increasing key electrical

performance parameters

Performance guaranteed to 350 MHz, 100 MHz above the standard.

Descending length cable markings enable easy identification of remaining cable which reduces

installation time and cable scrap.

c. See Appendix A at the end of this document for cable part numbers.

8. Wireless Access Points (WAPs) Category 6A Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable

a. Inside 4 pair horizontal cable for Irvine Valley College facilities shall be white jacketed plenum rated

GenSPEED® 10 MTP™ Category 6A UTP Copper Cable with Mosaic Crossblock™ Technology or Irvine

Valley College approved equivalent.

b. In addition, performance Category 6A UTP Copper Cable must meet the following mechanical and

performance criteria:

Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 Class EA channel

standards.

Guaranteed +8 dB over TIA 568-C.2 Standard for both PSANEXT & PSAACRF.

Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications.

Third party tested to comply with ANSI/TIA-568-C.2.

Cable diameter: Plenum 0.275 in.

Installation temperature range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C).

Operating temperature range: -4°F to 194°F (-20°C to 90°C).

Include advanced Mosaic Crossblock™ tape to suppress the effect of alien crosstalk allowing 10

Gb/s transmission, while minimizing cable diameter.

Descending length cable markings enable easy identification of remaining cable which reduces

installation time and cable scrap.

c. See Appendix A at the end of this document for cable part numbers.

9. Distributor I (Horizontal Patch Panels)

a. Irvine Valley College copper patch panels in the horizontal patch fields shall angled 1 RU or 2 RU Mini-

Com® Modular Faceplate Patch Panels, or approved equivalent, as needed to accommodate UTP cable

quantity.


Page 20 of 46


b. Modular patch panels shall be either standard density of 24 ports per rack unit with front removable

retaining plates so installing work may be done from the front of the rack in tight spaces, or high density

of 48 ports per rack unit when installing in low-profile wall mount cabinets.

c. Contractor shall populate modular panels with black Panduit Category 6/6A jacks, or approved equivalent

as described elsewhere in this document. See Appendix A for part numbers on jacks to go with modular

patch panels.

d. Patch Panels shall further meet the following criteria:

Have release snap feature on faceplate to allow front access to installed modules.

Accept Mini-Com® Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy

moves, adds, and changes.

Be available in label versions available for easy port identification, with replacement label/label

covers available.

Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional extender brackets.

Be available in angled patch panels to facilitate proper bend radius control and minimize the

need for horizontal cable managers.

e. For detailed part numbers see “Appendix A” at the end of this document.

10. Work Areas - Small Diameter Category 6 Copper Patch Cords

a. Copper patching of Category 6 links in Irvine Valley College facilities shall use white Panduit 28 awg

“small diameter” patch cords.

b. If other color patch cords are needed to designate particular applications, see Appendix A for instructions

on changing patch cord colors.

c. Small diameter patch cords shall have the following characteristics:

Cable diameter not more than 0.150 in. (3.8mm) nominal.

Category 6/Class E channel and component performance.

Exceeds all ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 Class E Edition 2.1 electrical

performance requirements for all frequencies from 1 to 250 MHz.

FCC and ANSI compliance: Meets ANSI/TIA/EIA-1096-A; contacts plated with 50 micro inches

of gold for superior performance.

IEC compliance: Meets IEC 60603-7 c (UL) US listed: UL 1863, CSA standard C22.2.

PoE compliance: Meets IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications in bundle sizes up

to 48 cables.

Operating temperature: 14°F to 140°F (-10°C to 60°C).

Storage temperature: -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C).

Plug housing: UL94V-0 rated clear Polycarbonate.


Page 21 of 46


Contacts: Gold plated phosphor bronze.

RoHS compliance: Compliant.

Flammability rating: CM/LSZH dual rated.

Due to miniature size of patch cords, utilize increased attenuation de-rating value of 1.9. These

supports 96 meter channels that include 90 meter permanent links, and 6 meters of patch cord.

A channel using 10 meters total of patch cord would support a 93 meter channels.

d. See Appendix A for part numbers.

11. Wireless Access Points (WAPs) Small Diameter Category 6A Copper Patch Cords

a. Copper patching of Category 6A links in Irvine Valley College facilities shall use “White” Panduit 28 awg

“small diameter” patch cords.

b. If other color patch cords are needed to designate particular applications, see Appendix A for instructions

on changing patch cord colors.

c. Small diameter patch cords shall have the following characteristics:

Cable diameter not more than 0.185 in. (4.7mm) nominal.

Category 6A/Class EA channel and component performance.

Exceeds all ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 Class EA electrical performance

requirements for all frequencies from 1 to 500 MHz

FCC and ANSI compliance: Meets ANSI/TIA/EIA-1096-A; contacts plated with 50 micro inches

of gold for superior performance.

IEC compliance: Meets IEC 60603-7

PoE compliance: Meets IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE applications in bundle sizes up

to 48 cables.

Operating temperature: 14°F to 140°F (-10°C to 60°C).

Storage temperature: -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C).

Plug housing: UL94V-0 rated clear Polycarbonate.

Contacts: Gold plated phosphor bronze.

RoHS compliance: Compliant.

Flammability rating: CM/LSZH dual rated.

d. Due to miniature size of patch cords, utilize increased attenuation de-rating value of 1.9. These supports

96 meter channels that include 90 meter permanent links, and 6 meters of patch cord. A channel using

10 meters total of patch cord would support a 93 meter channels.

e. See Appendix A for part numbers.


Page 22 of 46


12. Surface Mount Raceway – Wall Mount

a. On brownfield installations, Contractor shall match raceway to that already installed in the facility unless

instructed otherwise in project-specific documentation.

b. On Greenfield installations where environment (cinder block walls) or project documentation requires

cable to be surface-mounted in the work area; horizontal cable shall be routed through Panduit LD10

International White (color), plastic “latching-duct raceway or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent.

c. Contractor is responsible to size raceway to accommodate not less than 40% fill upon installation, per

manufacturer fill tables, providing room for at least 50% growth in additional cables: i.e. a work area

requiring 4 cables, raceway shall be sized to hold 6, etc. LD10 will allow up to 8 CAT6 cables at a max

OD of .240. If over this limit, replace LD10 with Panduit T45/T70 series surface raceway according to

cable fill ratio.

d. Contractor is responsible that raceway installation includes all associated fittings, drop ceiling fittings,

couplers and 1” control-bend-radius fittings.

e. Contractor shall not rely on the pressure sensitive adhesive foam to mount raceway, but rather use

adhesive to hold raceway in place while screwing down the raceway to the structure beneath using

anchors appropriate to the wall type at intervals not to exceed 2 ft. (24 inches).

f. Standard LD-10 Panduit raceway shall have the following features:

For routing data and low voltage cabling.

One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in.

Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation.

FT4 rated.

Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or Panduit Mini-Com surface mount boxes

g. Installations requiring raceway shall use the same faceplates used in flush-mount applications as

specified in this document, mounted on Panduit “JB1” surface boxes, or Irvine Valley College approved

equivalent. Irvine Valley College shall not rely on adhesive-backing to hold surface boxes in place, but

must use appropriate wall anchors for firm, permanent installation.

h. T45/T70 Pan-Way® Fast-Snap™/Snap-On Technology - Pan-Way® Fast-Snap™ Surface Mount Boxes

assemble without the use of screws or additional hardware and can accommodate both power and

communication applications. Fast-Snap™ Boxes can accept any standard NEMA 70mm screw-on

faceplate. Pan-Way® Snap-On Faceplates attach directly to Fast-Snap™ Boxes, any 70mm raceway,

Cove, or Pan-Pole™ device without the use of screws or additional hardware

i. Standard T45/T70 Pan-Way® Surface Raceway shall have the following features:

allows multiple inline access points for space optimization and aesthetic installation

supports any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate with use of device bracket and can reduce

to smaller profile raceway (T-45 or LD raceway)

shall have a modular divider wall that allows channel configuration flexibility


Page 23 of 46


j. See Appendix A at the end of this document for part numbers.

13. Modular Furniture Raceway

a. Office and administrative areas repurposing used modular furniture may require additional cable pathway

space and shall utilize Pan-Way ® Office Furniture Raceway System, or a Irvine Valley College approved

equivalent.

b. Such modular furniture raceway shall provide cable paths along the top of modular furniture partitions

dropping services (equipment outlets) at work surface level.

c. Modular furniture raceway must meet the following requirements:

UL listed in accordance with UL-5C requirements for Class 2 Communication Cable Management Systems.

Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire office furniture raceway system as required by TIA/EIA-

568-B and 569-B.

Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements of the TIA/EIA-606-A standard.

Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases product stability and prevents damage to cabling

during and after installation.

Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and easy installation.

Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data cables on panels from all common manufacturers with

a top cap width between 1.88" and 2.30".

Designed for use with Pan-Net ® Connectivity, also accepts all common manufacturers’ connectivity with use

of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame.

d. Consult Appendix A for part numbers.

14. Communications Poles

a. Many Irvine Valley College offices use data communications poles to deliver data cables from the ceiling

into the modular furniture.

b. Communications poles shall be Pan-Way® Pan-Pole™ Aluminum Outlet Poles for Power and

Communication (or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent), and must have the following properties:

Pan-Pole™ Communication Poles provide industry-leading solutions for cable routing in the open-office

environment.

These aluminum poles accept 70mm snap-on faceplates, as well as NEMA-standard screw-mount

faceplates, and are provided with non-metallic 70mm (2.75") covers.

Communications poles are available in both 11- and 13-foot lengths.

The single-channel communication-only pole allows for field installation of telephone, data network, or other

low-voltage cabling.

15. See Appendix A for part numbers for 11’ and 13’ communications poles.


Page 24 of 46


B. Cabling Subsystems II and III - Intrabuilding and Interbuilding Backbone Fiber

1. Singlemode Fiber Trunks for Use Within and Between Buildings

a. On additions to existing Irvine Valley College fiber cable plant (brownfield projects), Contractor shall match

existing fiber and connector types.

b. In new (Greenfield) Irvine Valley College projects, backbone fiber running within buildings or running

outdoors between buildings shall be Panduit singlemode, indoor/outdoor, plenum-rated, armored cable,

or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent.

c. The purpose for standardizing on a single cable construction for any environment is to reduce total part

numbers needed, and eliminate the need for costly innerduct installation and transition splicing where

fiber trunks enter buildings.

d. Singlemode trunks running between buildings shall be of 24 or 48 strands as indicated by project

documentation.

e. Singlemode trunks running between telecom rooms within buildings shall be of 12 strands unless

otherwise indicated in project documentation.

f. Fiber cable shall further meet the following qualifications:

Panduit® Opti-Core® Indoor/Outdoor Armored Cable with tight buffered fibers are an integral part of the

Panduit end-to-end fiber optic solution, designed to support today’s data needs while meeting tomorrow’s

ever-advancing network requirements.

This cable provides water blocking technology, high density, and easy installation in transitional aerial and

duct applications and entrance facilities, and the 900μm tight-buffered fibers provide easy connectorization.

The tight-buffered fibers surrounded by aramid yarn strength members combine usability indoors and out.

Interlocking aluminum armor eliminates the need for inner duct or conduit to provide a smaller crush resistant

pathway for improved design flexibility and lower installed cost.

Cables with greater than 24 fibers feature a sub-unit design that simplifies fiber identification, provides easy

access and routing of the fibers. It also increases cable durability with a dielectric central strength member.

Opti-Core® Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Riser (OFNR) and Plenum (OFNP) Rated Cable with tight buffered

fibers are tested in accordance with Telcordia GR-20, Issue 2, GR-409 and with relevant EIA/TIA-455 series

FOTPs for fiber optic cable.

All multimode and singlemode cable is available in 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24-fiber counts as a “non-subunitized”

design and in 36, 48, 72, and 96-fiber counts (144 for Riser) as a “sub-unitized” design.

All Opti-Core® fiber cable is RoHS compliant.

g. Plenum armored cable shall meet the following physical properties:


Page 25 of 46


h. Contractor shall bond to ground armor from fiber backbones at both ends as indicated in the grounding

section of this document; using armored cable grounding kits listed in the Appendix A grounding section.

i. See Appendix A for all fiber cable part numbers.

2. LC Fiber Connectors

a. All tight-buffered indoor fiber trunks shall be terminated using Panduit singlemode LC OptiCam® Fiber

Optic Connectors or Irvine Valley College approved equal.

b. LC cam connectors shall further have the following properties:

Be a TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible connector that exceed exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements.

Have connector backbone and boot colors that follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification

scheme.

Have insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode).

Have return loss: >26dB (10Gig ™multimode), >20dB (multimode), >50dB (singlemode).

Be a spring-loaded “Senior” rear pivot latch LC connector.

Be a pre-polished cam style termination for in less than half the time of field polish connectors.

Have patented re-termination capability provides yield rates approaching 100%.

Feature a factory pre-polished fiber end face eliminates time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation

costs, labor, scrap and the number of tools required.

Be cam activated, with fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms that provide superior fiber and buffer retention


Page 26 of 46


with less sensitivity to fiber tensile loading.

Utilize the OptiCam® Termination Tool that simplifies tooling and termination, and virtually eliminates operator

error by providing a visual indication of proper termination after the cam step has been completed.

Have a range of cable retention boot assemblies that consistently provide higher than industry standard

cable retention.

Include a non-optical disconnect that maintains data transmission under tensile loads for jacketed cable.

Have ability to accept 900μm tight-buffered fiber with included boot(s), and accept 1.6mm – 2.0mm and

3.0mm jacketed cable with available OptiCam ®Cable Retention Boot Assemblies (ten per package).

c. See Appendix A for part numbers on singlemode LC fiber connectors.

3. Fiber Enclosures

a. Fiber cable terminations shall be contained in 1 RU, or 2 RU Panduit FCE series rack mount fiber

enclosures, or Irvine Valley College approved equal.

b. Contractor shall select enclosure size as needed for the number of fibers projected to be in that

telecommunication space when fully populated.

c. Contractor shall fill any unused enclosure space with a blank fiber adapter panel (FAP).

d. FCE enclosures shall further have the following properties:

Be able to hold QuickNet ™ Fiber Optic Cassettes, Opticom ® Fiber Adapter Panels, or splice modules.

Have a slide-out, tilt-down drawer to provide full front access to all fibers and cables.

Employ integral bend radius control and cable management appliances for fiber optic patch cords.

Have rear cable management for proper slacking/spooling of trunk cable break-outs and interconnect cables.

Have multiple trunk cable entry locations and include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,

spools, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) for different installation configurations.

4. Fiber Adapter Panels

a. FCE fiber enclosures shall be populated with fiber adapter panels containing 6 singlemode duplex fiber

adapters.

b. Contractor is responsible to blank out any enclosure spaces where adapter panels are not used.

c. Adapter panels shall further have the following features:

Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters.

Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements.

Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme.

Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom ® components


Page 27 of 46


LC fiber adapter panels are Sr/Jr. to conserve enclosure space.

Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the

inside end for behind the wall applications.

Both ends accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors.

Junior end also accepts FOCIS-10 compatible junior (fixed ferrule/springless) LC connectors.

Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia

ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM4/OM4 multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications.

Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure 100% traceability.

LC adapters are also available in QuickNet ™ Fiber Optic Cassettes.

d. Consult Appendix A for fiber adapter panels and blank adapter panels.

5. Fiber Patch Cords

a. Fiber patch fields within Irvine Valley College facilities shall utilize riser rated singlemode “push/pull” fiber

jumpers (fiber patch cords) that have the following properties:

Push-Pull LC Duplex Fiber Optic Patch Cords shall feature the push-pull strain relief boot and duplex clip, to

allow users easy accessibility in tight areas when deploying very high density LC patch fields.

Jumpers shall be available in OM3, OM4 and single-mode and be available in in riser (OFNR), plenum

(OFNP), and low smoke zero halogen (LSZH) rated jacket materials.

b. See “Appendix A” at the end of this document for part numbers.

C. Cable Pathways

1. Overhead Metallic Pathway

a. Cable delivery over racking systems in telecommunications rooms shall be done with Wyr-Grid®

overhead cable tray routing system or Irvine Valley College approved equal.

b. Any pathway offered must have the following properties:

Wyr-Grid® Pathways are provided in four widths: 12" (305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30"

(762mm).

Wyr-Grid® System incorporates non-integral snap-on sidewalls which minimize specification requirements

and are offered in three different heights: 2" (50mm), 4" (102mm), and 6" (152mm).

Wyr-Grid® Splice Connectors have an integral bonding screw that creates a mechanical-electrical bond

between cable tray pathway sections.

Wyr-Grid® Waterfalls are offered in two different configurations that attach to all pathway sections: 12"

(305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm) to facilitate bend radius control and cable

management.


Page 28 of 46


Wyr-Grid® Support Brackets are offered in various widths to accommodate pathways: 12" (305mm), 18"

(457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm); have integral quick-clip retention; accommodate 1/2" or 12 mm

threaded rods.

c. All metallic cable trays must be grounded and all sections bonded in accordance with listing requirements

for the particular type of system and per TIA 607-B including most recent revisions, TSB and addenda.

d. Contractor is responsible sizing all pathways to represent no more than a 35% fill upon installation per

manufacturer’s fill chart below:

e. All cable trays and grounding conductors should be clearly marked in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions, applicable codes, standards and regulations.

f. Contractor shall take care to segregate and protect armored fiber from copper cabling in metallic pathway.

g. Bundled copper and fiber backbones shall be dressed to maintain segregation of cable types throughout

the pathway. Innerduct or separate fiber duct is not necessary due to armored construction on fiber

backbone.

h. See Appendix A for part numbers.

2. J-Hooks

a. Bundles of 120 Category 6 cables or less may be required to be routed above ceilings using J-hooks.

Check project documentation for clarification.

b. J-hook systems used by Irvine Valley College shall be Panduit “J-Pro” series, or Irvine Valley College

approved equivalent.

c. Contractor installing J-hook systems shall space them no more than 5 feet apart as per TIA 569-C

standard.

d. Contractor is responsible for proper sizing of J-hook systems based upon cable count and manufacturers

recommendations for fill, with new J-hooks to have not more than 30% fill per manufacturer’s fill charts


Page 29 of 46


based upon projected worst case future bundle size.

e. If J-hooks are deemed too small by above criteria, Contractor shall bring this to the attention of Irvine

Valley College for resolution in writing. J-hook pathways that will not have sufficient capacity should be

replaced in the design with the proper sized basket tray for future cable additions and flexibility.

f. J-hook systems used by Irvine Valley College shall have the following properties:

Patented design provides complete horizontal and vertical 1" bend radius control that helps prevent

degradation of cable performance.

UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 listed and suitable for use in air handling spaces.

Pre-riveted assemblies allow for attachment to walls, ceilings, beams, threaded rods, drop wires and

underfloor supports to meet requirements of a variety of applications.

Wide cable support base prevents pinch points that could cause damage to cables.

Cable tie channel allows user to easily install 3/4" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty ® Cable Ties to retain cable bundle.

Durable non-metallic J Hook materials provide the ability to manage and support a large number of cables.

Material: Black Nylon 6.6 J Hook with metal attachments.

g. See Appendix A for part numbers.

D. 19” Racks, Rack-mount Cable Managers, and Wall Mount Cabinets

1. Two-post Communications Racks

a. 2-post racks will be Panduit black-powdered aluminum (or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent) and

have the following properties:

19" EIA rack, aluminum.

Dimensions: 96.0"H x 20.3"W x 3.0"D (2134mm x 514mm x 76mm).

Rack units numbering up from bottom to allow quick and easy location of rack mount items

UL listed for 1,000 lbs. load rating.

Double-sided #12-24 EIA universal mounting hole spacing with 24 #12-24 mounting screws included.

Accepts all Panduit cable management and patch panel products in addition to any industry standard 19"

components.

Includes paint piercing washers for assembly to assure electrical continuity between components as pert

TIA 607-B Bonding and Grounding Standard.

b. In telecommunications rooms with multi-bay rack rows configured such that patching will take place

between racks, Contractor is responsible to include in design interbay routing pathways at the top, middle

and bottom of each bay to provide efficient and neat routing between any two points within rack rows.

c. Interbay routing shall be provided in the form of top troughs, interbay mid-rack path and flanged shelf at


Page 30 of 46


the bottom. (See “Illustration of Interbay Routing” below).


Page 31 of 46


d. For bottom-of-rack interbay routing where cable quantities exceed capacity of CMUT19 troughs,

Contractor shall substitute 4RU trough CMLT19.

e. All racks shall be outfitted with a vertical grounding busbar along one rail, with all equipment bonded to

ground according to TIA 607-B Bonding and Grounding Standard. See Bonding and Grounding section

of this document for details.

f. See Appendix A for part numbers.

2. Rack-mounted Cable Management – Vertical Managers

a. Vertical cable managers shall be PatchRunner™ High Capacity Vertical Cable Management System in

sizes 6” wide, 8” wide, 10” wide and 12” wide, or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent.

b. Contractor will use double sided (front and back) vertical managers on 2-post racks.

c. All vertical cable managers shall have metal dual hinged doors.


Page 32 of 46


d. Contractor shall choose vertical cable manager width according to manufacturer’s fill tables to not

represent more than a 35% fill at installation based on projected worst-case density when racks are fully

populated.

e. Vertical cable managers shall have the following features:

High density minimizes area required for network layout, freeing up valuable floor space.

Allows mounting of many standard EIA 19" accessories, such as patch panels, vertically in the manager.

Ventilated side walls provide maximum airflow for equipment cooling.

Snap on finger sections can be removed to improve airflow, and break away fingers allow routing of large

cable bundles.

Large finger spacing accommodates up to 48 Cat6A cables.

Optional sure-close dual hinged metal doors provide easy access to vertical pathway and provide visual and

audible feedback on closure.

Available in 7 foot version.

f. In IDF rooms or areas where there are low cable counts, vertical cable managers shall be 4" wide

NetRunner™ Vertical Cable Manager, dual sided.

g. Part numbers are listed in Appendix A.

3. Rack-mounted Cable Management – Horizontal Managers

a. Angle patch panels largely the need for horizontal cable managers, but there still may be instances

requiring them. One example is in the network core where chassis switches are used.

b. For these areas requiring horizontal cable managers, Contractor shall user double-sided NetManager ™

High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers (or Irvine Valley College approved equal) having the following

features:

Innovative inset fingers slope inward toward back of managers offering unobstructed access to network

cabling for easier moves, adds, and changes.

Large front finger openings easily accommodate Category 6A and 10 GbE cables, speeding installation and

reducing maintenance costs.

Rear cable management finger spacing utilizes open D-rings for greater accessibility.

Can be used to create large capacity horizontal pathways for routing cable.

Patented front and rear dual hinged cover allows cable access without removing cover.

Curved surfaces maintain cable bend radius.

Pass-through holes allow for front to rear cabling.

Built in cable retainers hold cable in place for easy moves, adds, and changes.

Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets.


Page 33 of 46


Covers, #12-24 and M6 mounting screws included.

c. See Appendix A for part numbers.

4. Low Profile Wall Mount Cabinets

a. Shall be Hoffman L-BOX (or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent) and have the following properties

Manufactured from 14 gauge mild steel

Self-grounding mounting angels of 12 gauge plated steel

Bonding provision on door

Spring loaded, self-retaining hinge pins

120 degree door opening

Quarter turn latches with key lock

(2) Sets of 6U 19" rack rails, EIA Universal with tapped 10-32 holes.

Knock outs for 4" fan on top and bottom of cabinet

Wiring knockouts 7/8", 1 3/8", and 3" on top and bottom of cabinet. Two 3" cable entry knock outs on back

Finished in RAL 7035 light grey textured power paint.

b. See Appendix A for part numbers

5. Wall Mount Cabinets

a. Shall be Hoffman Access-Plus (or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent) and have the following properties

Front Door

x Composite frame, injection molded top and bottom with extruded composite sides

x 140 degree opening.

x Field reversible left or right hinge

x Quarter turnkey lock

x Window door is scratch resistant 1/4" tinted safety glass

Center Section

x Welded 14 gauge steel with solid top center section, vented sides, self latching, and a quick release

center to rear section hinge with self-retaining pins.

Rack Mounting Angles


Page 34 of 46


x 12 gauge plated steel

x EIA universal spaced 19” mounting holes

x RU marked from top to bottom

x Tapped 10/32 holes

Rear Section

x Welded 14 gauge steel with radius corners

x Cable tie down points for cable management

x Cable entry and knockouts included : 1.1”, 2.5”, 3”

Pretreated steel coated with RAL 9005 Black, light textured power paint finish

b. See Appendix A for part numbers.

E. Cable Accessories

1. Cable Ties

a. Cable bundles on racks and in pathways shall be bundled with re-enterable hook and loop cable ties that

come in continuous rolls.

b. Contractor is responsible for using plenum hook and loop ties in air-return spaces.

c. See “Appendix A” for part numbers.

2. Physical Security Devices

a. Some portions of Irvine Valley College networks require additional physical security devices. These take

three forms:

Devices that block-out copper and fiber ports in patch fields and faceplates that require a special tool for

removal.

Devices that lock-in copper patch cords and require a special tool for removal of those patch cords.

Devices that temporarily or permanently block USB ports on laptops and computers.

b. Areas where such devices are required will be called out in the project documentation.

c. See Appendix A for part numbers.

F. Communications Grounding Network

1. General

a. Contractor is responsible for bonding to ground all newly placed equipment and installed racks or cabinets

per the TIA 607-B Standard.


Page 35 of 46


2. Room Busbars

a. All Telecommunications spaces and distributor rooms shall have installed an appropriately sized wall-

mount busbar with BICSI hole spacing that bonds to the building bonding backbone.

b. See Appendix A for appropriate room telecommunications grounding busbar.

3. Rack and Equipment Grounding

a. Contractor is responsible for properly grounding all network equipment, racks and cabinets and bonding

them to the wall mounted busbars as described in the TIA 607-B standard.

b. All newly installed racks and cabinets shall have installed a vertical busbar mounted along one equipment

rail to serve as a clean, low-resistance bonding place for any equipment not equipped with a designated

grounding pad.

c. Smaller equipment without an integrated grounding pad shall be bonded to the vertical busbar through

the use of a thread-forming grounding screw that is anodized green and includes serrations under the

head to cut through oxidation or paint on the equipment flange.

d. Larger equipment (chassis switches) with a designated grounding terminal shall be bonded to the vertical

busbar with an EBC (equipment bonding conductor) kit built to that purpose.

e. Contractor shall take care to clean (wire brush, scotchbrite pads) any metallic surface to be bonded down

to bare metal and apply a film of anti-oxidation paste to the surfaces prior to effecting the bond.

f. All bonding lugs on racks and busbars shall be of two-hole irreversible compression type. Mechanical

lugs and single-hole lugs will not be accepted and shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense.

g. Every rack or cabinet shall have an individual bonding conductor into the grounding network, serially

connecting (daisy-chaining) of racks is expressly forbidden and will not be accepted.

h. Rack Bonding Conductors (RBC) may tap into an overhead or underfloor aisle ground, or may run to the

wall-mounted grounding busbar in smaller Telecommunications rooms containing 5 racks or less.

i. A minimum of every other rack or cabinet shall be outfitted with a properly installed and bonded ESD

(electro-static discharge) port along with a wrist strap and lead to be used by any technicians servicing

network equipment. On four post racks and cabinets these ESC ports and straps shall be provided on

front and back to be accessible and able to reach any active equipment needing servicing.

j. Armored cables shall be properly bonded to the earthing system on both ends with a kit built to that

purpose.

k. For examples of rack grounding refer to the illustrations below:


Page 36 of 46


<END OF SECTION>


Page 37 of 46


IV. Network Labeling

A. General Requirements

1. When labeling any Irvine Valley College network system, whether existing or new, Contractor shall

always adhere to the following requirements:

a. Contractor shall, wherever possible pre-print labels using Panduit Easy-Mark software and laser jet

printer, or Irvine Valley College approved equivalent.

b. The Panduit PanTher (LS8E) hand-held thermal transfer printer or Irvine Valley College approved

equivalent shall be used on site to print labels that were unanticipated, or that become damaged in

application.

c. This labeling strategy shall, at a minimum, clearly identify all components of the system: racks, cables,

panels and outlets, grounding, pathways and spaces like telecommunications rooms.

d. Racks and patch panels shall be labeled to identify the location within the cable system infrastructure.

e. All labeling information shall be recorded on the as-built drawings and all test documents shall reflect the

appropriate labeling scheme.

f. All label printing will be machine generated by either hand-held labeling systems or computer generated

using programs and materials built specifically for communications labeling.

g. Hand written labels will not be accepted and must be remedied at Contractors expense.

h. Cabling system labels shall utilize materials designed to outlast the cabling elements to which they attach.

Office quality labels will not be accepted.

i. Cable labels shall be self-laminating, appropriately sized to the outside diameter of the cable and placed

within view at the termination point on each end.

j. Outlet, patch panel and wiring block labels shall be installed on, or in, the space provided on the device.

k. Machine-generated labels shall be installed behind the clear lens or cover on any device that provides

such an option.

l. All labels will be permanently affixed to installed cables, patch panels, racks, cabinets, and enclosures.

m. Labels shall be legible and placed in a position that insures ease or visibility. Label type must be as listed

in Appendix A - Materials section at the end of this document.

n. Conduit shall be marked indicating the identification of the cable within.

o. All cabling added to existing “legacy” installations shall follow the labeling convention in place at that

location.

p. All labeling of installed cabling in new (Greenfield) projects shall satisfy all requirements of TIA 606-B, or

be modified as indicated in the project specific documentation.


Page 38 of 46


<END OF SECTION>

V. Testing and Acceptance

A. General

1. All cables and termination hardware shall be 100% tested for defects in installation and to verify

cabling system performance under installed conditions.

2. All copper pairs or optical fibers of each installed cable shall be tested and verified prior to system

acceptance.

3. Any defect in the cabling system performance or installation including but not limited to cable,

connectors, feed through couplers, patch panels, and connector blocks shall be repaired or

replaced in order to ensure 100% useable conductors or fibers in all cables installed.

4. All cables shall be tested in accordance with this document, the ANSI/TIA Standards, the

PANDUIT® ™ System Warranty guidelines and best industry practice.

5. If any of these are in conflict, the Contractor shall bring any discrepancies to the attention of the

project team for clarification and resolution.

B. Copper Link Testing

1. All twisted-pair copper cable links shall be tested for compliance to the requirements in ANSI/TIA

1152 and ANSI/TIA 568-C.2 for the appropriate Category of cabling installed using a test unit

meeting a minimum IEC IIIe level of accuracy.

2. All testers used must have been factory calibrated by the manufacturer within one year of use or

according to factory calibration recommendations, whichever is the more stringent.

3. Contractor shall set references according to manufacturer’s recommendation prior to each day’s

testing and reset references anytime tester is left unused for more than two hours.

4. For warranty purposes, Contractor shall perform the appropriate Permanent Link test. Channel Link

testing is rendered void by the movement of patch cords and can be run but not used for final

acceptance criteria.

C. Fiber Testing

1. All installed fiber shall be tested for link-loss in accordance with ANSI/TIA-C.0 and shall be within

limits specified within ANSI/TIA-C.3, or as spelled out in the project documentation.

2. For horizontal cabling system using multimode optical fiber, attenuation shall be measured in one

direction at either 850 nanometer (nm) or 1300 nm using an LED light source and power meter.


Page 39 of 46


3. Attenuation testing shall be performed with a stable launch condition using two-meter jumpers to

attach the test equipment to the cable plant. The light source shall be left in place after calibration

and the power meter moved to the far end to take measurements.

4. Backbone single-mode fiber cabling shall be tested at the 1310 and 1550 wavelengths in both

directions.

5. Test set-up and performance shall be conducted in accordance with ANSI/568-C.0 standard,

Method B.

6. Where links are combined to complete a circuit between devices, the Contractor shall test each link

from end to end to ensure the performance of the system. Only basic link-loss testing with a power

meter is required. The contractor can optionally install patch cords to complete the circuit and then

test the entire channel. The test method shall be the same used for the test described above.

7. The values for calculating loss shall be those defined in the ANSI/TIA 568-C.3 Standard. If the link

loss requirements defined within the standard are in conflict with those referenced in the project

documentation, Contractor shall immediately bring this to the attention of Information Technologies

for resolution.

D. System Documentation

1. Upon completion of the installation, the telecommunications contractor shall provide three (3) full

documentation sets to Irvine Valley College for approval. Documentation shall include the items

detailed in the sub-sections below.

2. Documentation shall be submitted within ten (10) working days of the completion of each testing phase. This is inclusive of all test results and draft as-built drawings. Draft drawings may include annotations done by hand. Machine generated (final) copies of all drawings shall be submitted within 30 working days of the completion of each testing phase.

3. Contractor shall submit with drawings a diagram of each telecommunications room with indicating which cabling drops will terminate in which rooms (classrooms). This is both to give an idea of contractor cableplant design, as well as to facilitate future troubleshooting.

4. At the request of the Information Technologies Engineer, the telecommunications contractor shall provide copies of the original test results in tester native format, not spreadsheet.

5. Information Technologies may request that a 10% random field re-test be conducted on the cable

system, at no additional cost, to verify documented findings. Tests shall be a repeat of those

defined above. If findings contradict the documentation submitted by the telecommunications

contractor, additional testing can be requested to the extent determined necessary by Information

Technologies, including a 100% re-test. This re-test shall be at no additional cost to the Irvine

Valley College.

E. Test Results


Page 40 of 46


1. Documentation shall be provided in electronic format within three weeks after the completion of the

project. The media shall be clearly marked on the outside front cover with the words “Project Test

Documentation”, the project name, and the date of completion (month and year).

2. The results shall include a record of test frequencies, cable type, conductor pair and cable (or

outlet) I.D., measurement direction, reference setup, and crew member name(s). Documentation

shall also include test equipment name, manufacturer, model number, serial number, software

version and last factory calibration date.

3. Unless the manufacturer specifies a more frequent calibration cycle, an annual calibration cycle is

anticipated on all test equipment used for this installation.

4. The test document shall detail the test method used and the specific settings of the equipment

during the test as well as the software version being used in the field test equipment.

5. Printouts generated for each cable by the wire (or fiber) test instrument shall be submitted as part of

the documentation package. Alternately, the telecommunications contractor may furnish this

information in electronic form.

6. The media shall contain the electronic equivalent of the test results as defined by the specification

along with the software necessary to view and evaluate the test reports.

7. When repairs and re-tests are performed, the problem found and corrective action taken shall be

noted, and both the failed and passed test data shall be documented.

8. The As-Built drawings are to include cable routes and outlet locations. Their sequential number as

defined elsewhere in this document shall identify outlet locations.

9. Numbering, icons, and drawing conventions used shall be consistent throughout all documentation

provided. Irvine Valley College will provide floor plans in paper and electronic (DWG, AutoCAD)

formats on which as-built construction information can be added.

10. These documents will be modified accordingly by the Telecommunications Contractor to denote

as-built information as defined above and returned to the Irvine Valley College.

11. The Contractors shall annotate the base drawings and return a hard copy (same plot size as

originals) and electronic (AutoCAD) form.

<END OF SECTION>


Page 41 of 46


Appendix A – Materials List

Manufacturer Part Number Description

COPPER DISTRIBUTION

Panduit MWBA1 Single-gang faceplate brackets – “box eliminators”. An alternative for single

gang in-wall box in communication applications. Mounting hole spacing of 3.28"

(83.5mm).

Panduit MWBA-2G Double-gang faceplate brackets – “box eliminators”. An alternative for double

gang in-wall boxes in communication applications. Mounting hole spacing of 3.28"

(83.5mm).

Panduit CFPL2IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts three Mini-Com ® .Modules.

Panduit CFPL4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com ® Modules.

Panduit CFPL6IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com ® Modules.

Panduit CMBIW-X Mini-Com blank module to blank out open spaces (holes) on faceplates and patch

panels. For colors other than International White, replace “IW” with BL (Black) with

EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).

Panduit CBXJ2IW-A Surface mount box accepts one or two Mini-Com ® Modules; includes built-in

removable blank to add a second module. Dimensions: 0.91"H x 1.77"W x 2.44"L

(23.11mm x 44.96mm x 61.98mm). Knockout provides opening of 0.47"H x 0.36"W.

General Cable 7132850 Category 6A, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, UTP copper cable, Copper conductors are 23

AWG with FEP insulation, Conductors are twisted in pairs, separated by an

integrated pair divider, surrounded by Mosaic Crossblock™ tape and protected by

a low-smoke flame-retardant PVC jacket, 0.275" (7.0mm) diameter. White Jacket

General Cable 7131901 Category 6 Enhanced, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper

conductors are 23 AWG construction. Conductors are twisted in pairs, innovative

cross-web design allowing for maximum pair separation, increasing key electrical

performance parameters, and protected by a low smoke, flame-retardant PVC

jacket. White

General Cable 2131752E 25 pair, plenum rated, Category 5E cable – gray.

Panduit CPPLA24WBLY 24-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with six factory installed CFFPL4

type front removable snap-in faceplates.

Panduit CPPLA48WBLY 48-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with twelve factory installed

CFFPL4 type front removable snap-in faceplates. Populate with black Category 6

jacks below.

Panduit CPPL48WBLY 48-port flat patch panel with labels, supplied with twelve factory installed CFFPL4

type front removable snap-in faceplates. Populate with black Category 6 jacks

below.

Panduit CPP48HDWBLY 48-port high density flat patch panel supplied with rear mounted faceplates.

Panduit CJ6X88TGBL Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 8-wire universal module. Includes patented

MaTriX split foil tape. For other standard colors, replace “BL” (Black), with IW (Off

White), with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), AW (Arctic White), IG (International

Gray), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or VL (Violet).

Panduit UTP28X*BU Category 6A/Class EA, UTP, small diameter patch cords shall be constructed of 28

AWG, unshielded, twisted pair, solid copper (dual-rated CM/LSZH) cable with high

performance modular plugs. For lengths 1 to 50 feet (increments of one foot),

replace * with desired length in feet. For standard cable colors other than Off

White, replace “BU” (Blue) with color code: BL (Black), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR

(Green), OR (Orange), GY (Gray), PK (Pink), or VL (Violet).

Cable diameter: 0.185 in. (4.7mm) nominal. No suffix designates Off White

Panduit CJ688TGBL Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal module – color black. For other

standard colors, replace suffix “BL” with IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory), WH


Page 42 of 46


(White), AW (Arctic White), IG (International Gray), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU

(Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or VL (Violet).

Panduit UTP28SP*BU Category 6/Class E, UTP, small diameter patch cords are constructed of

28 AWG, unshielded, twisted pair, stranded copper (dual-rated CM/LSZH)

cable with high performance RJ45 modular plugs. For lengths 1 to 50 feet

(increments of one foot), replace ** with desired length in feet. For standard cable

colors other than Blue, replace “BU” with color code: BL (Black), RD (Red), YL

(Yellow), GR (Green), OR (Orange), GY (Gray), PK (Pink), or VL (Violet). No suffix

designates Off White

FIBER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

Panduit FSLP912 12-fiber OS2 9/125μm singlemode plenum (OFNP) interlocking aluminum armored,

indoor/outdoor cable with tight buffered fibers.





Panduit FLCDSCBUY LC OptiCam® Singlemode Duplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900μm tight-buffered

fiber installation.

Panduit FCE1U Opticom® QuickNet™ Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures, holds up to four QuickNet™

Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or FOSM splice modules. Dimensions: 1.73"H x

17.60"W x 16.30"D (43.9mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm).

Panduit FCE2U Opticom® QuickNet™ Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures, holds up to eight QuickNet™

Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or FOSM splice modules. Dimensions: 3.48"H x

17.60"W x 16.30"D (88.4mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm).

Panduit FAP6WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex singlemode fiber optic adapters (Blue) with

zirconia ceramic split sleeves.

Panduit FAPB Blank fiber adapter panel – reserves space for future use.

Panduit F92ERQNQNSNM001 OS1/OS2 2-fiber, riser-rated, LC push-pull to LC push-pull, singlemode patch cord

with custom push-pull strain relief boot and duplex clip, 1.6mm jacket, Std. IL. *** At

end of part number is for length in meters. Comes in 1 M increments up to 20

meters, then in lengths of 20 M, 25 M, 30 M, and 35 M. Put length in the following

(3 digit) format: 001 for 1 M, 020 for 20 M, etc.

RACKS AND CABLE MANAGERS

Panduit R2P 19" EIA 2-post rack, aluminum. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 20.3"W x 3.0"D (2134mm x

514mm x 76mm).

Panduit R2PPEVWF Waterfall Trough for 2 Post Rack and PatchRunner high capacity ™ Vertical Cable

Managers. FOR TOP-OF-RACK INTERBAY ROUTING.

Panduit PEV6 High capacity dual-sided vertical manager. Dimensions: 83.5"H x 6.0"W x

28.1"D(2120mm x 152mm x 714mm).

Panduit PED6 Dual hinged metal door. Dimensions: 82.8"H x 6.1"W x 1.7"D (2103mm x 155mm x

43mm).

Panduit PEV8 High capacity dual-sided vertical manager. Dimensions: 83.5"H x 8.0"W x 28.1"D

(2120mm x 203mm x 714mm).

Panduit PED8 Dual hinged metal door. Dimensions: 82.8"H x 8.1"W x 1.7"D (2103mm x 206mm x

43mm).

Panduit PEV10 High capacity dual-sided vertical manager. Dimensions: 83.5"H x 10.0"W x 28.1"D

(2120mm x 254mm x 714mm).

Panduit PED10 Dual hinged metal door. Dimensions: 82.8"H x 10.1"W x 1.7"D (2103mm x 256mm

x 43mm).

Panduit WMPV45E NetRunner™ Vertical Cable Manager, front and rear, 45 RU, 4"W, with covers

Panduit NM1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 1 Rack Unit. 1.7"H x

19.0"W x 13.1"D (44mm x 482mm x 332mm).

http://www.panduit.com/wcs/Satellite?c=Page&childpagename=Panduit_Global%2FPG_Layout&cid=1345565612156&packedargs=item_id%3DF92ERQNQNSNM001%2B%2B%2B%2B%2B%2B%26locale%3Den_us&pagename=PG_Wrapper


Page 43 of 46


Panduit NM2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 2 Rack Units. 3.5"H x

19.0"W x 13.1"D (88mm x 482mm x 332mm).

Panduit NMF3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 3 Rack Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W

x 6.2"D (133mm x 482mm x 157mm). FOR MID-RACK INTERBAY ROUTING.

Panduit CMUT19 2 RU upper trough with 1.3" bend radius mounts to the top of a standard 19" EIA

rack. Dimensions: 3.5."H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D (89mm x 483mm x 114mm). FOR

BOTTOM-OF-RACK INTERBAY PATHWAY.

Panduit CMLT19 4 RU lower trough with 1.3" bend radius mounts to the bottom of a standard 19"

EIA rack. Dimensions: 8.0"H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D (203mm x 483mm x 114mm). FOR

BOTTOM-OF-RACK INTERBAY PATHWAY. LARGER OPTION THAN CMUT19 IF

NEEDED.

WALL MOUNT CABINETS

Hoffman DBL482412G L-BOX Cabinet, 12 Rack Units, 48” high, 75 lbs. load rating, for equipment up to 20” deep

Hoffman I2267 L-BOX Cabinet, 12 Rack Units, 48” high, 200 lbs. load rating, for equipment up to

27” deep

Hoffman EWMW242425 Accessplus Cabinet with window door, 12 Rack Units, 23.62”H x 23.62W” x 25.09D”

Hoffman EWMW362425 Accessplus Cabinet with window door, 19 Rack Units, 36.02”H x 23.62”W x 25.09”D

Hoffman EWMW242430 Accessplus Cabinet with window door, 12 Rack Units, 23.62”H x 23.62”W x

30.01”D, for deeper equipment

Hoffman EWMW362430 Accessplus Cabinet with window door, 19 Rack Units, 36.02”H x 23.62”W x

30.01”D, for deeper equipment

CABLE PATHWAYS

Panduit J-Pro J-Hook system Panduit J-Pro System. Plenum rated composite J-hooks with hardware available for

various hardware applications. See www.panduit.com for variations.

Panduit LD10IW10-A LD10 International White Plastic Raceway, see catalog or www.panduit.com for

fittings. For 8’ sections order LD10IW18-A.

Panduit T702BIW8 Pan-Way® Twin-70 Raceway Base, 8’ sections, For standard colors other than IW

(Off White), replace IW in part number with EI (Electrical Ivory) or WH (White).

Panduit T70CIW8 Pan-Way® Twin-70 Raceway Cover, 8’ sections, For standard colors other than IW


Panduit T702**** Pan-Way® Twin-70 Raceway Fittings and Accessories

Panduit T45BIW8-A Pan-Way ® T-45 Raceway Base, 8’ sections, For standard colors other than IW


Panduit T45CIW8 Pan-Way ® T-45 Raceway Cover, 8’ sections, For standard colors other than IW


Panduit T45*** Pan-Way® T-45 Raceway Fittings and Accessories

Panduit JB1IW-A Single gang one-piece outlet box with adhesive backing. Box accepts Pan-Way ®

Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with

Pan-Way ® LD profile raceway. 5.09"L x 3.34"W x 1.75"H (129.4mm x 85.0mm x

44.4mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.

Panduit OFR20OB8 Beige modular furniture raceway. 8’ sections. For fittings, instructions, other colors

see www.panduit.com. One-piece single channel low voltage raceway with

adhesive tape backing for data cable routing along top of modular furniture

partitions.

Panduit PCPA13IW Communications Pole, 13 feet. For fittings see www.panduit.com.

http://www.panduit.com/





Page 44 of 46


Panduit PCPA11IW Communications Pole, 11 feet. For fittings see www.panduit.com.

Panduit T70SDB-X Communications Pole standard faceplate bracket. For further fittings and

accessories see www.panduit.com.

Panduit WG12BL10 12" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally throughout the

system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height requirements. Uses splice

connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight sections and intersection splice

WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at an intersection. For fittings and accessories

see www.panduit.com.

Panduit WG18BL10 18" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally throughout the

system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height requirements. Uses splice

connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight sections and intersection splice

WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at an intersection. For fittings and accessories

see www.panduit.com.

BONDING AND GROUNDING

Panduit ACG24K #6 AWG (16mm2) jumper for armored cable diameter up to 0.84" (21.3mm); 24"

(609.6mm) length; factory terminated on one end with LCC6 two-hole copper

compression lug and the other end with grounding terminal; provided with two each

#12-24 and M6 thread-forming screws and a black polypropylene terminal cover.

Panduit LCC series Panduit two-hole compressing lugs for code conductors in BICSI hole spacing.

Panduit HTCT series Panduit HTAPs. Must be selected according AWG size of run and tap conductors.

Panduit CLRCVR series Panduit clear covers for HTAPs. Must be selected according to HTAP being

covered.

Panduit RGS134-1Y Grounding strip (vertical busbar) for newly installed racks or cabinets with screw

rails. 78.65" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" (1.27mm)thickness; provided with

.16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, one grounding sticker and three each #12-24 x 1/2" and

M6 x 12mm thread-forming screws.

Panduit RGCBNJ660P22 Jumper kit for bonding individual racks or cabinets into grounding backbone. #6

AWG (16mm²) jumper; 60" (1.52m) length; 45° bent lug on grounding strip side;

provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-

32 x 1/2" and M5 x 12mm thread forming screws and a copper compression HTAP*

for connecting to a #6 to #2 awg sized bonding backbone.

Panduit GJ672UH Rack jumper (and cabinet) kits for smaller TR (5 bays or less) to bond individual

rack or cabinet directly back to wall mounted busbar. One 72" length #6 AWG green

wire with yellow horizontal stripe. Jumper is pre-terminated on one end with LCC6-

14JAWH-L and the other end with LCC6-14JAW-L. This rack grounding jumper is

72" long. For other lengths replace the "72" in the part number. Available lengths

are 72, 96, 120, 144, 168, 192, 216, 240, 264 and 288 inches.

Panduit RGESD2-1 Two-hole ESD port with 5/8" hole spacing; provided with an ESD protection sticker,

.16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, and two each #12-24 x 1/2" and M6 x 12mm thread-

forming screws. LOCATE ONE WITHIN REACH OF ALL EQUIPMENT. WORKS

WITH WRIST STRAP RGESDWS.

Panduit RGESDWS Adjustable fabric ESD wrist strap with 6' coil cord, banana plug, 1 megaohm resistor

and 4mm snap. LOCATE ONE WITHIN REACH OF ALL EQUIPMENT. WORKS

WITH ESD PORT RGESD2-1.

Panduit RGTBSG-C Green thread-forming bonding screws for use to mount equipment that does not

have a built-in grounding pad (terminal).

Panduit RGEJ1024PHY 24" long pre-terminated equipment grounding jumper #10 AWG (6mm²) jumper;

bent lug on grounding strip side to straight lug on equipment; provided with .16 oz.

(5cc) of antioxidant and two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5

x 12mm thread-forming screws. FOR EQUIPMENT LIKE CHASSIS SWITCHES

WITH BUILT-IN GROUNDING PAD (TERMINAL).








Page 45 of 46


Panduit RGEJ1036PFY 36" long pre-terminated equipment grounding jumper#10 AWG (6mm²) jumper; bent

lug on grounding strip side to straight lug on equipment; provided with .16 oz. (5cc)

of antioxidant and two each #12-24 x 1/2", M6 x 12mm, #10-32 x 1/2" and M5 x

12mm thread-forming screws. FOR EQUIPMENT LIKE CHASSIS SWITCHES

WITH BUILT-IN GROUNDING PAD (TERMINAL).

Panduit GB2B0306TPI-1 Wall mounted telecommunications busbar suitable for small telecom room. Pre-

assembled with BICSI/TIA-607-B hole spacing. Bar is 1/4" x 2" x 12" in size.

Panduit GB2B0514TPI-1 Wall mounted telecommunications busbar suitable for med telecom room. Pre-

assembled with BICSI/TIA-607-B hole spacing. Bar is 1/4" x 2" x 24" in size.

Panduit GB4B0624TPI-1 Wall mounted telecommunications busbar suitable for main grounding busbar in

medium sized facility. Pre-assembled with BICSI/TIA-607-B hole spacing. Bar is

1/4" x 4" x 20" in size.

Panduit LTYK Wall mounted busbar label kit. Label kit includes printed tag and one flame

retardant cable tie.

NETWORK LABELING SOFTWARE – FOR INK JET/LASER PRINTER

Panduit PROG-EM2GO Easy-Mark Labeling Software for PC, supplied on USB Flash Drive. For preprinting

communications labels on laser/inkjet printer.

Panduit S100X150YAJ Self-laminating cable labels for Category 6 cable for use with Easy-Mark software

and laser/ink jet printer.

Panduit C261X035Y1J Patch Panel labels for use with Easy-Mark software and laser/ink jet printer.

Panduit C195X040Y1J Faceplate labels for single gang stainless or sloped plastic - use with Easy-Mark

software and laser/ink jet printer.

Panduit C288X040Y1J Faceplate labels for double gang stainless - use with Easy-Mark software and

laser/ink jet printer.

Panduit S100X650YAJ Cable label for indoor/outdoor tight-buffered armored fiber optic cable. For use with

Easy-Mark software and ink jet printer.

Panduit S100X160YAJ

and NWSLC-3Y

Label and turn-tell sleeve for labeling fiber jumpers. For use with Easy-Mark

software and ink jet printer.

Panduit C200X100FJJ 1" high, white, vinyl tape labels for labeling grounding busbars, racks, cabinets and

pathways. For use with laser/ink jet printer.

NETWORK LABELING – HANDHELD LABELER

Panduit LS8EQ-KIT-ACS Panduit PanTher hand-held label printing system in kit. Includes LS8EQ printer with

QWERTY keypad, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA

alkaline batteries, LS8E-ACS, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick

reference card and operator’s manual. USE FOR LABELS THAT MUST BE

PRINTED ON THE JOB SITE.

Panduit S100X150VAC Self-laminating cable labels for Category 6 cable for use with PanTher LS8E hand-

held printer.

Panduit C261X035Y1C Handheld printer labels for modular faceplate patch panels.

Panduit C195X040Y1C Faceplate labels for single gang stainless - use with PanTher handheld labeler.

Panduit C288X040Y1C Faceplate labels for double gang stainless - use with PanTher handheld labeler.

Panduit S100X650VAC Cable label for indoor/outdoor tight-buffered armored fiber optic cable. For use with

handheld labeler.

Panduit S100X160VAC

and NWSLC-3Y

Label and turn-tell sleeve for labeling fiber jumpers. For use with hand-held labeler.

Panduit T100X000VPC-BK 1" high, continuous black on white, vinyl tape labels for labeling racks, cabinets and

pathways with PanTher LS8E handheld labeler.


Page 46 of 46


PHYSICAL SECURITY LOCKING DEVICES

Panduit

PSL-DCJB-C

Package of 100 RJ45 jack blockout devices and one removal tool. Color red.

Panduit

PSL-USBA-L

Package of 50 USB Type ‘A’ blockout devices and one removal tool. Color red.

Panduit

PSL-USBB-L

Package of 50 USB Type ‘B’ blockout devices and one removal tool. Color red.

Panduit

PSL-DCPLX-BL-C

Package of 100 RJ45 plug lock-in devices compatible with flush mount jacks,

and one installation/removal tool. Color black.

Panduit

PSL-DCPLRX-BL-C

Package of 100 RJ45 plug lock-in devices compatible with recessed jacks, and

one installation/removal tool. Color black.

CABLE TIES – HOOK AND LOOP

Panduit TTS-35RX0 .75” wide, continuous roll Hook and Loop Cable Ties, black. 35 ft. roll. Carton qty 10

rolls.

Panduit HLSP1.5S-X12 Plenum rated hook and loop cable ties for air return spaces. Maroon color,

perforated at 6” length.

Panduit HLSP3S-X12 Plenum rated hook and loop cable ties for air return spaces. Maroon color,

perforated at 6” length.

<END OF DOCUMENT>

IVC SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

TO

THE NETWORK CABLING GLOBAL SPECIFICATIONS

General: Where Cabling Specification and General Conditions conflict, most stringent shall apply.

B. Scope of Work – Typical, 1. Modified with addition: Portions of the equipment are Owner Furnished, Contractor installed.

C. Applicable Regulatory References Modified with addition: Current codes and standards will be consistent with those identified in item 2-10.

D. Substitution Policy, 3.e. Modified with addition: Approval of products that are considered to be equal or accepted substitutions will be approved in writing and provided to all proposers as an acceptable option via a bid addendum.

E. Contractor Qualifications, 1.b. Modified, delete all and replace with: Contractor shall be capable of same-day response to service calls.

E. Contractor Qualifications, 1.c. Delete.

F. Warranty General Note added: All references to Extron including warranty shall be interpreted to apply to any approved equal or substitution.

II Installation and Maintenance Guidelines, A. Maintenance of Patch Fields 2.h. Modified: As-built requirements for the project shall be the more stringent of those provided between the Cabling Specification and the general conditions.

V. Testing and Acceptance, D. System Documentation 3. Modify: Replace all references to “rooms” to locations identified in the original documents and those that are added through approved change to the contract”.

Page 1 of 1

AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEMS 27 41 00 pg (1)

AUDIO-VIDE0 SYSTEMS 21 41 00

SECTION 27 40 00 INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT FOR CLASSROOMS

1 PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 PROJECT SCOPE

A. This section covers the requirements for an Integrator to design, provide equipment for, and install instructional classroom technology. This is intended to supply a complete instructional technology classroom that can be arranged in multiple configurations. There will be a multimedia display as primary projection. Flexibility, integration of multiple technologies and sources, and multiple user groupings are essential to this concept. As an example, all audio and image sources should be capable of being shown on the screen and heard in the classroom. The work covered in this document consists of furnishing all labor, material and services necessary to install a complete audiovisual system as indicated on the project drawings and in these specifications.

B. Deliverables: Prior to ordering materials or commencing any construction activities,

the Integrator shall provide the owner with a complete bill of materials, including all quantities of components, devices, equipment, and wiring required to complete this work. Submit product data, including manufacturer’s data sheets for all proposed system components. Submit three copies with all specific items that will be provided clearly indicated and any options highlighted.

2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a complete Audiovisual System for small to medium sized classrooms. The

system switching and audio amplification equipment shall be securely mounted and concealed in an enclosure (Exhibit A) mounted in close proximity to the display device. Audio and image source equipment can be connected to the system and displayed via active (powered) interface panels located throughout the room (see drawings-AV and COL symbols). The audio and image signals from source devices shall be transmitted from the active interface panels over shielded UTP cabling architecture.

B. Classroom Definition: A classroom that has fixed instructional media video projection

capabilities (see drawings for approximate projector and screen locations), Internet connectivity at the teacher's station, student networking (usually wireless), a document camera, Blu-ray and/or other multimedia input devices, standard laptop interface, multimedia control system that is connected to the network and capabilities for additional add-on modular features.

Technology Enhanced Classrooms (TECs) use standardized control/interface systems and employ a standardized operational protocol. The principles of this



recommendation are to establish desirable goals with respect to classroom design and installed technology. The TEC classroom standard includes control systems that have ADA, Section 508 compliant buttons that are discernible without activating the controls or buttons on the control panel, easily reached control panel locations, closed captioning, hearing assistance capability, and user friendly operator protocols among the features that are consistent with universal design principles.

All new construction general purpose classrooms will meet this minimum standard.

2.2 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

A. The room will be equipped with a standard easy to operate audio video system. The

system shall be controlled by a control system with a control panel mounted near the instructor area. For ease of use during instruction, the system shall also be able to be controlled through a Graphical User Interface (GUI) on the teacher’s computer. The audio system may be monaural or stereo for voice and program sound. System parameters shall be able to be monitored, administered and controlled over the data network.

Acceptable functionality requirements are listed below categorized by type of equipment. Quantities are listed for movable, portable or loose equipment, and other selected entries. Where quantities are not listed, refer to the system drawings.

B. The System components shall all be correctly listed and labeled by Underwriters

Laboratories Incorporated (UL) for their intended use.

C. All products shall be new and under warranty at the time of installation. B-stock,

previously installed, refurbished or used equipment shall not be provided on this project.

D. Where the specification lists several manufacturers for a major item, or group of items, the AV Integrator shall provide that entire item from one manufacturer only.

E. The Integrator shall provide all options, accessories and hardware necessary to meet

the function of the design even if they are not specifically listed (i.e. mounting kits, separate or additional power supplies, input modules, transformers, etc.).

2.3 FIXED EQUIPMENT

A. FOURTEEN CLASSROOM LOCATIONS PER DRAWINGS

Provide the following Audio Video System as an all-inclusive system as described below, one system for each room:

1. Mounting - The audio, video, data connectivity components and projector, if

applicable, shall be mounted using the following components.



a. Drop ceiling projector mounting

(1) Projector Drop Ceiling Mount with Adjustable Pole

The projector drop ceiling mount must be capable of mounting to the structural ceiling (concrete or wood joists), above the suspended T-Bar ceiling, incorporating 2' x 2' or 2' x 4' ceiling tiles, via turnbuckles and tie wire or threaded rod. The mount shall include an integrated pole that provides up to 21.5” of vertical adjustment to accommodate various projector height requirements. One end of the pole will be finished with 1.5” NPT (National Pipe Thread Taper) for mating with the Universal Projector Bracket.

Check the structural ceiling to ensure that it can support a load four times the weight of the final setup. Check that the ceiling plate (currently installed in 13 of the 14 required locations) to be used is suitable for the angle of the ceiling where the projector is to be installed. Refer to local building standards and codes to verify that the installation meets all the relevant regulatory standards.

The mount shall be capable of supporting up to 50 pounds (23 kgs) of A/V equipment.

The mount must also include (1) single gang and (1) double gang knockout openings for junction boxes or for use as cable pass-throughs.

(2) Universal Projector Bracket

The bracket shall be able to support projectors up to 15 pounds.

The projector bracket must have independent adjustments of horizontal tilt or roll (± 5 degrees of horizontal tilt), vertical angle or pitch (± 20 degrees of vertical angle), and rotation or yaw (360 degrees of rotation).

The projector bracket shall also use a 1.5” NPT threaded pipe adapter for mounting a projector pole.

The projector bracket should also maintain positioning adjustments even if the projector is removed for service.

b. Multi-Product Mounting Kit

(1) The pole mount multi-product mounting kit houses the key electronic

components of the AV system including the switcher, audio amplifier and power supply. The kit shall mount directly to the projector pole and protect the contained components from tampering and theft.

2. Media Source Switching:

a. System source selection and switching shall be provided by a PVS 405D Switcher.



(1) The switcher shall have two inputs that each support connection to a

dual input switching wallplate via one female RJ-45 connector.

(2) Audio for switched video sources shall be carried on the same RJ-45

connections.

(3) The switcher shall have a switched auxiliary audio input to support audio

from video sources that are directly connected to the projector or sources that only offer audio content.

(4) The switcher shall have one HDMI video output

(5) Connection from the switcher to the display device shall be provided

with one HDMI to HDMI video cable.

(6) An onboard audio amplifier shall provide gain / volume adjustment from

-10db to +10db, adjustable in 1 db steps. The speaker amplifier shall have two channels, one stereo (default) or dual mono channels via one 5.0 mm 4 pole captive screw connector. The output of the amplifier shall be 25 watts (rms) per channel at 4/8 ohms.

(7) In addition to the stereo / mono speaker output, an additional audio

output that will produce line level output shall also be available. This line level audio output must be capable for being set for either fixed or variable level and balanced or unbalanced signal settings.

3. Media Source Control:

a. Classroom media sources shall be controlled with a MediaLink Controller.

(1) The MediaLink Controller shall contain six tri-color, multi-status LEDs

push-buttons for device selection, projector on / off control, and special functions. A rotary volume control knob with five LED volume indicators shall permit system volume level control.

(2) The controller shall provide a LAN (IP) connector. This Ethernet

connection shall be used for configuration of the controller and installation of device drivers for the equipment to be controlled.

(3) The MLC Controller shall feature Extron IP Link Ethernet for monitoring,

scheduling and control. This IP technology shall enable the device to be controlled, scheduled and monitored over a LAN, WAN or the Internet using Extron GlobalViewer software.

(4) The Controller shall also feature two bi-directional serial ports to provide



device control. These two ports shall control the display device and PVS AV Switcher respectively.

(5) The MLC Controller shall also have two configurable (via software) digital

input / outputs for devices such as sensors, switches, LEDs and relays.

(6) Connection from the MLC Controller to the display shall be provided by

one 50’ Projector control cable.

(7) Connection from the MLC Controller to the PVS AV Switcher shall be

provided by one 50’ Switcher Control cable.

4. Audio & Speech Reinforcement:

a. Speakers - In suspended ceiling applications (See “Swinerton Builders partial

submittal # 095113-001” for suspended ceiling information), one pair of Extron FF120 speakers shall be used.

(1) These speakers feature a low profile, 3.25” deep, aluminized composite

enclosure, rectangular shape with a metal grille.

(2) The coverage angle of the speaker offers an extraordinarily wide

dispersion area of 170 degrees, providing a very wide room coverage pattern.

(3) Meets the regulatory compliance safety specifications of NFPA90A,

NFPA70; UL Listed for use in plenum airspaces: meets UL 2043 for heat and smoke release, meets UL 1480 for commercial and professional audio

(4) The speakers feature a frequency response of 68 Hz to 18 kHz – 10 db, half space.

(5) The power capacity is 16 watts of continuous pink noise or 32 watts of

continuous program media.

(6) The nominal impedance is 8 ohms.

(7) The input connector uses (1) 5mm captive screw for 1 input

(8) Connection from the PVS AV switcher to the FF120 speaker is provided

by Plenum rated 18 Gauge Speaker Cable Extron SPK-18.

b. VoiceLift Wireless IR Microphone:

(1) The wireless pendant microphone is lightweight and designed to be worn



around the neck with a lanyard or clipped on the belt or lapel. The instructor’s voice is picked up by the microphone and transmitted wirelessly to the receiver mounted on the ceiling near the center of the room or on an unobstructed wall. The signal is then passed to the line level aux mix input of the amplifier. This is used to amplify the sound level in the classroom up to approximately 15 dB above ambient room noise.

(2) Speech is mixed with the program audio and distributed to the speakers

for even room coverage. Each microphone shall have volume control, a power switch and an auxiliary input to use for a MP3 player or other audio source. The IR microphone system can operate on two IR frequencies.

(3) The microphone will have an instant alert feature that may be configured

to allow the instructor to request assistance in the classroom.

c. VoiceLift Wireless IR Receiver

(1) The receiver has a round base with dome shaped translucent cover. This

allows for surface mounting on the ceiling with concealed wiring above the ceiling using plenum rated cables run to the dedicated VoiceLift Receiver input of the PVS AV Switcher.

(2) This device acts as the receiver of up to two room microphones and

transmits their audio signal to the PVS AV Switcher for mix into the program content of presented material. The receiver has a contact closure that when wired and configured to the digital input of the MLC, can trigger instant alert messages to a designated text or email account.

d. VoiceLift Wireless IR Microphone Charging Station

(1) This device is constructed of high impact ABS plastic and acts as a holding

and charging station of up to two of the Extron VoiceLift wireless IR microphones.

5. Media Source Interfacing:

The media source equipment shall be connected to the audiovisual system via one Active (powered) dual input, switching wall plates. These wall plates shall enable the system to display video, graphic data and audio from Laptop computers, tablets, Blu-ray players, document cameras, streaming devices, tuners, etc.

These active interface transmitters shall be placed in convenient locations throughout the classroom to facilitate easy connection of sources.



a. One PVT SW HDMI D, Dual HDMI Input Wallplate(s) shall be used to connect two HDMI devices to the system and transmit the video and audio data from either source to the PVS AV switcher.

(1) Twisted Pair Transmitter shall transmit high resolution digital video and

audio over shielded UTP cable to the PVS AV Switcher

(2) Wallplate shall offer two female HDMI connectors for interfacing with

video source devices

(3) Wall plate shall fit in a standard, 2-gang electrical box and feature Decora®

type faceplates.

(4) One stereo audio input on 3.5mm mini stereo jack shall be available for

each video input

(5) The output of the interface shall be via one female RJ-45 connector

(6) Connection to the PVS AV Switcher shall be via one UL plenum rated

shielded UTP cable.

b. One PVT SW HDMI RGB D, HDMI and VGA Input Wallplate shall be used to connect HDMI and VGA devices to the system and transmit the video and audio data from either source to the PVS AV switcher.

(1) Twisted Pair Transmitter shall transmit high resolution digital video and

audio over shielded UTP cable to the PVS AV Switcher

(2) Wallplate shall offer one female HDMI and one female 15-pin HD

connector for interfacing with video source devices

(3) Wall plate shall fit in a standard, 2-gang electrical box and feature Decora®

type faceplates.

(4) One stereo audio input on 3.5mm mini stereo jack shall be available for

each video input

(5) Built-in VGA distribution amplifier output for local monitor shall be

provide on one female 15-pin HD connector

(6) The output of the interface shall be via one female RJ-45 connector

(7) Connection to the PVS AV Switcher shall be via one UL plenum rated

shielded UTP cable.



6. Data Connectivity

The audio video system shall incorporate features that expand access and connectivity to an existing data network

a. The PVS Switcher shall incorporate a three port network switch, allowing a

single network drop to provide connectivity for the MediaLink controller and one additional device.

b. The audio video system shall include a IP Link enabled MediaLink controller,

also connected to the network switch in the PVS Switcher, allowing remote monitoring, scheduling and control of the system over a network.

7. Energy Efficiency

The audio video system shall incorporate energy conservation features to reduce consumption and lower operating costs.

a. The system shall incorporate an Auto Power Save Mode with fast power-up

that automatically deactivates the audio amplifier after 25 minutes of inactivity. It quickly returns to full power status in less than one second upon signal detection

b. The system shall incorporate a Network Standby Power Save Mode that allows the amplifier, wallplates, VoiceLift receiver, and network switch to be deactivated when not in use.

c. The system shall incorporate monitoring and scheduling of system peripherals,

such as sources and displays, in order to deactivate them when not in use or alert to unauthorized use.

3 PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. All equipment and enclosures described in this specification shall be installed plumb

and square per manufacturer’s instructions.

B. All equipment, except that designated as movable, portable or loose equipment, shall

be secured and permanently attached to the permanent structure in a manner which will require the use of a tool (e.g.: screw driver, nut driver, etc.) for removal.

C. All supports shall meet or exceed the load requirements of the intended application

with a minimum safety factor of five.

D. Provide support structure and hardware with a SAE Grade 8 load rating (min.).



3.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - SYSTEMS

A. Manufacturer- Basis of Design

1. Extron Electronics

1025 E. Ball Road Anaheim, CA 92805 714.491.1500 or 800.633.9876

2. Or equal

B. System

See Scope of Work description for system description

C. Substitutions: Exceptions to any approved equal or the basis of design specifications is not acceptable. No substitutions are permitted.

D. All equipment part numbers shall be listed in the bill of materials and the system

drawings specifications.

3.3 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that related conditions, including equipment that has been previously installed under other sections, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. All devices connected to equipment specified in this section shall bear the UL label and

comply with the applicable National Electrical Code (NEC) standards.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Integrator shall furnish all equipment, labor, system setup, and other services necessary for the proper installation of the products/system as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. System setup information shall include each components proper mounting and alignment and properly verified signal pathways and operation. Proper operational and network support control functions shall be verified.

B. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s handling and installation instructions.

C. Install in accordance with all local and pertaining codes and regulations

D. Utilize an Integrator with demonstrated experience in projects of similar size and

complexity.



E. Equipment shall be configured and in ready to use condition at the end of installation.

F. Energize and commission equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Commissioning the system shall at minimum, consist of the following:

Install Global Configurator software on PC

Download from www.extron.com, or install from Extron Software Products CD

Install Product Configuration Software - PCS Download from www.extron.com

Make the following MLC cable connections:

Power Local Area Network (LAN) Display devices PVS AV switcher Classroom Source Devices

Configure MLC 104 IP Plus Series using Global Configurator

Download device drivers for all source and projection devices

Create a new Global Configurator project file

Add a device and set its IP address

Define the location of the new Media Link Controller device

Save the new Global Configurator file

Configure e-mail server

Configure e-mail messages

Configure contacts

Assign serial device drivers

Assign IR drivers

Configure the front panel (All buttons are required to have a function assigned: source

or control)

Configure associated control modules

Create a shutdown schedule

Create a lamp hour notification

Create a disconnect notice

Build the Global Configurator file

Upload the Global Configurator file

Launch GlobalViewer

Test the MLC’s setup for proper control and support of the classroom

Installation of the Extron system is covered in full detail at

http://wwwextroncom/training/indexaspx

Configure PVS 405D using Product Configuration Software

http://www.extron.com/

http://www.extron.com/

http://wwwextroncom/training/indexaspx



3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

A. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful

environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Repair or replace damaged components before Substantial Completion of the project.

C. Remove temporary tags, coverings, and construction debris from interior and

exterior surfaces of the equipment. Remove construction debris from equipment area and dispose of properly.

END OF SECTION 27 41 16.51



Exhibit A

Teacher’s Podium

TABLE OF CONTENTS - South Orange County Community ...

Documents

Transcript of TABLE OF CONTENTS - South Orange County Community ...